• 5 Nerdy Goodies that are Geeky Gifts I’ve Designed on Zazzle
  • About Cricket Diane
  • Archives Cricket House Studios
  • CricketDiane in the Studio Working
  • CricketDiane Surface Design Products
  • Got No Money Guides by Cricketdiane
  • International concerns – Mideast
  • Ocean Paintings
  • Private Equity Purchase of Toys R Us Required Toys R Us to Pay the Full Price of Being Bought – Is that Right?

Cricketdiane's Weblog

~ CricketDiane Blog – Cricket House Studios Blog – Paintings & Writings by Cricket Diane C Phillips

Cricketdiane's Weblog

Tag Archives: hedge funds

Gasoline cost to jump $700 for average household | Reuters

09 Wednesday Mar 2011

Posted by CricketDiane in Activism, Human Rights, Civil Rights, Learning, How To, Online Resourcing, New Technology, Alternative Fuels, Transportation, Vehicles, Energy Alternatives, Electric Cars, Electric Trucks, Electric Vehicles, Ships, High-Speed Rail, Railroads, Shipping, Banks Banking Bailouts Wall Street Foreclosures Bankruptcies IMF World Bank Federal Reserve US Treasury, Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips, Cricket Diane Designs, Cricket House Studios, cricketdiane, got no money guides, International Concerns Mideast - Libya - Egypt - Yemen - Somalia - Saudi Arabia - Israel - UN - Mubarak - Qaddafi - Tunisia - Ben Ali - Palestine, New Boston Tea Party Actions, Ocean, Oceanography, Oil Petroleum Natural Gas Industries Gasoline Oil Spill Diesel Fuel, resourcing, Rocket Science, Russia - EU - Middle East - UN - UK - Asia - China - Japan - South America - WTO, Save The Sea, Start a Business - Tech StartUps - Innovation - Entrepreneurship Business Info - Business How To - Business StartUp Financing Capital, US At Home - Domestic Policy, US Government, US budget, US and State budget deficits, budget cuts, Constitutional issues, US economic crisis, US debt, walking dead men club, XI-1

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

Alternative Fuels, commodities speculative trading, Cricket Diane C Phillips, Cricket House Studios, cricketdiane, crude oil, diesel fuel, fuel costs, gas prices, gasoline, heating oil, hedge funds, NYMEX, oil and natural gas industries, petrol, Petroleum, petroleum industries, shipping costs, speculation, trasnportation costs, Wall Street

Gasoline cost to jump $700 for average household | Reuters.

There is a 25 percent chance the pump price will exceed $4 a gallon from June through August, the agency said, compared with a 10 percent probability gasoline could fall below $3 during the same period.

My Note –

I think they need to review their math skills at the agency where they made this projection. It is wrong.

The price of gasoline is already at or over $4.00 a gallon in Chicago, it has been reported. And, it is over $4 a gallon in California, Denver and probably anywhere Spring Break destinations are used to having a captive audience.

Summer will be even more so. My guess is that the price of gasoline will go up substantially higher than that because the traders and speculators driving the prices per barrel are already trying to figure out how to offload what they’ve purchased and make a bigger profit from it. They likely figure this is one of those once in a lifetime deals where they can really make a killing. That would be my guess. It will stagger through the economy faster than the contracts that will get delivered because that is how it has done in the past (2008, 1970’s) as companies try to get ahead of the upswing in costs to have a buffer.

On a personal note, as I have noticed in the stores when I stopped buying cereal – it the boxes that cost nearly $5 already get any skinnier – we can use them as postage stamps instead. I don’t know how they get away with it. Many foods now look like something from a child’s play kitchen set with little in it at all. That is going to be even more so as the commodities prices have been driving upwards by the traders on the exchanges and now add the increased price of oil, gasoline, shipping and increased cargo charges to them. It is not going to work.

The law of supply and demand would naturally bring these prices down or the quantities up because there cannot possibly be as many people buying these things at these prices for the amount of product offered. But, the free market doesn’t exist in America in that sense. It is unnaturally supported in the manner middlemen including the commodities traders are driving the prices. The losses can be written off and it doesn’t yield any incentive to meet the market demand where it is and price competitively to it at the real value.

Oh well. If we had a better deal on the oil that is being pulled out of the ground in America, like Libya’s foul leaders got from the oil industries – we wouldn’t even be having this problem.

They only give away 12% of the profits and charge a “sign-on” bonus over a billion dollars each to the oil companies (and they are glad to get it.) Damn ridiculous while we are subsidizing the oil companies and begging them to do whatever they will to get our oil out of the ground so they can profit at our expense. Damn ridiculous.

– cricketdiane

***

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

The secret group setting the price of oil: Us. – FORTUNE Features – Fortune on CNNMoney.com

09 Wednesday Mar 2011

Posted by CricketDiane in Alternative Fuels, Transportation, Vehicles, Energy Alternatives, Electric Cars, Electric Trucks, Electric Vehicles, Ships, High-Speed Rail, Railroads, Shipping, Cricket Diane C Phillips, Cricket House Studios, cricketdiane, got no money guides, LITERACY, Oil Petroleum Natural Gas Industries Gasoline Oil Spill Diesel Fuel, resourcing, Rocket Science, US At Home - Domestic Policy, US Government, US budget, US and State budget deficits, budget cuts, Constitutional issues, US economic crisis, US debt, XI-1

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

commodities traders, cricketdiane, crude oil, financial instruments, gas prices, gasoline, heating oil, hedge funds, natural gas, NYMEX, oil and natural gas industries, oil prices, Petroleum, petroleum industry, speculators, Wall Street

The secret group setting the price of oil: Us. – FORTUNE Features – Fortune on CNNMoney.com.

From the article – everyone needs to read it in America, including my children and parents, aunts, uncles, friends, acquaintances and anyone reading this durn blog –

At least it explains why the price of oil is going up and why when it does go up for contracts that won’t be delivered for three – four months, that we still watch the little sign at the gas station go up three to four times a day upwards –

(and prices of everything else quickly accommodate that despite none of them having bought any gasoline or jet fuel at those prices yet.)

– cricketdiane

A couple bits of this article (from the link above) –

Power plants, gas stations, fuel distributors, and oil companies across the globe paid close attention to this rarefied casino, watching carefully for any price changes that would determine how much they would pay for fuel and what they’d charge their customers, the ordinary consumer. Newspapers and television networks trumpeted Nymex’s prices as the holy gospel, beaming them throughout the continents for all to follow—banks, hedge funds, Wall street investors, even the top-producing oil nations of Saudi Arabia, Iran, Russia, and Norway.

D’Agostino: No. OPEC only sets the oil supply. . . . The price of oil is actually set in New York. . . .

O’Reilly: Is there a guy who says $125 a barrel?

D’Agostino: No. There’s a huge market. It’s filled with hedgers. It’s filled with speculators. It’s filled with moms and dads, average Americans. It’s a big market that sets the price.

O’Reilly: somebody has to put the $125 on the barrel. Who does it?

(an excerpt from the Bill O’Reilly show included in the text, the first paragraph is from the author of the article and book that serves as its basis) – well worth reading the whole thing, my note.

http://features.blogs.fortune.cnn.com/2011/03/09/excerpt-from-the-asylum-the-renegades-who-hijacked-the-worlds-oil-market/

***

 

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

Deutsche Boerse, NYSE in talks as merger frenzy grips | Reuters

09 Wednesday Feb 2011

Posted by CricketDiane in Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

bank bailouts, bonds, credit derivatives, cricketdiane, Deutsche Boerse, Goldman Sachs, hedge funds, investment firms bailouts, New York City financial district, NYSE, stocks, Wall Street, Wall Street bailouts

Deutsche Boerse, NYSE in talks as merger frenzy grips | Reuters.

Deutsche Boerse, NYSE in talks as merger frenzy grips

(Reuters) – Deutsche Boerse is in advanced talks to buy NYSE Euronext in a deal that would create the world’s largest trading powerhouse and put the citadel of American capitalism into foreign hands.

My Note –

I had heard this earlier on the news, cnbc I think it was and it means that our stock market would be owned by Germany, more or less. That isn’t interesting – that is something else, but I’m not sure what.

Maybe it is like the anchors said wherever I heard them talking about it today, on cnbc or bloomberg or CNN – that it doesn’t matter if Japan owns it or Germany or if we do. None of those nations would really own it anymore than we do.

But, really?

When trades are made and taxes paid – don’t they go to the US and the US owned NYSE (I guess its US owned so far), pays their taxes to the US now, or do they not? Wouldn’t it then be the responsibility of some other government entity to get those taxes and to receive whatever other benefits that we have been receiving? Would they also be doing the regulating or would our nation still be footing the bill for that too?

Hmm……..

A lot of interesting questions. It seems like we would be giving an entire industry to another country far removed from the US and far removed from our jurisdiction even as we would be forced to continue jurisdiction over it – but with none of the benefits that its US ownership has offered. Talk about national security issues. This would have to be one of great import.

I don’t know that Washington would look at it that way – until maybe after it is too late. What a mess that would be to sort out at some later date, if they’ve chosen the wrong thing. At whose mercy would we be begging at that point?

That seems pretty tricky. Whose anti-trust and monopoly laws would apply, who gets the corporate taxes, what happens if the whole system gets buggered, does it put the US at a disadvantage or is it just another corporate entity getting sold off to somewhere else with no real downside (but it is the core of our financial system and a substantial part of our “free” marketplace), and does it mean that if the government of Germany or the ideologies of the EU change that it could affect the running of the NYSE?

HMMM.

Lots of questions about this but it probably won’t matter, they’re going to do it anyway. (And then see what happens, after it is gone amuck or not.)

– cricketdiane

***

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

Hedge fund managers arrested in insider case | Reuters

08 Tuesday Feb 2011

Posted by CricketDiane in Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

collusion in Wall Street insider trading cases, corruption, cricketdiane, financial industry, financial reform, hedge fund managers, hedge funds, investment firms bailouts, SEC, Wall Street, Wall Street insider trading

Hedge fund managers arrested in insider case | Reuters.

CNNI Quest Means Business just had an announcement by the prosecuting group responsible for the arrests who mentioned that 30 arrests had been made and more were to be made . . . (my note).

http://www.businessweek.com/news/2011-02-08/ex-sac-employees-are-charged-in-u-s-insider-probe.html

The arrests in what prosecutors called a four-year scheme signal an expansion of a 16-month attack on insider trading on Wall Street that U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara said is “rampant.” The criminal complaint refers to six hedge funds, which it doesn’t name, that employed the defendants or executed trades.

The charges are connected to earlier arrests of eight employees or consultants at Primary Global LLC, a Mountain View, California-based firm that links investors with employees of public companies who work as consultants. Barai got inside tips from Primary Global consultants Anthony Longoria and Winifred Jiau, both of whom were previously charged, today’s complaint says.

My Note –

These articles simply name three that were arrested. Hmmm…… And a few others, and well, maybe I should find some more info about it. But the most interesting part is the idea that insider trading is “rampant” among these companies, hedge funds, consultants and analysts. Yes, I’d say that isn’t news because everybody knows that, but it is news that the government regulatory agencies are finally doing something about stopping it.

That is amazing.

***

0.000000 0.000000

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

Well, of course the banks want to be casino gamblers with hedge funds of their own using insider trading knowledge to “hedge their bets” and G-20 meets this weekend in Toronto, Canada

23 Wednesday Jun 2010

Posted by CricketDiane in Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

bankers, banks, cricketdiane, Economics, financial services, G-20, hedge funds

Volcker Rule Under Attack as Lawmakers Seek Loophole

Senate negotiators will probably offer changes today that would soften the Volcker rule by allowing banks to sponsor hedge funds and invest their own money, within limits, alongside that of clients.

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2010-06-23/g-20-shuts-mama-mia-keeps-bankers-at-home-as-toronto-braces-for-protest.html

`Mamma Mia’ Goes Dark, Bankers Stay Home as G-20 Hits Toronto

My Note –

Apparently as the G-20 is meeting this weekend, June 26-27 in Toronto, there are already expected to be 18 different protests including some that started on June 21. Executives and bankers are being told to wear casual clothing rather than suits by their companies concerned for their safety in the financial district where the meetings will be held.

Toronto’s financial services industry is the third largest in North America with its 223,000 employees and now it hosts a 12-block area with 10-foot high fencing and concrete barriers which has been protected for the G-20 meeting with 20,000 police and security officers.

Canada is spending $1.2 Billion dollars Canadian for the G-20 meeting that includes a G-8 mini-summit at a lakeside resort in Huntsville, Ontario. Recent summits have cost far less with the one in Pittsburgh and London costing $18 million and $30 million respectively.

Downtown restaurants, theaters, banks and businesses in the Toronto area have been shuttered through the G-20 summit with its draw of world leaders, protests, protesters. security personnel, economists, lawyers, staff, bureau heads, agency secretaries and staff, government workers and guests.

Those parts are from the article – (paraphrased from their information) – and my note is this one –

The whole advantage of hosting the G-20 meetings and similar meetings is lost if all the businesses are shuttered. There is no way to show off the city and its wonderful food, its wonderful culture and its wonderful environment nor for the cities businesses to enjoy increased inflows of customers with their expense accounts and customer references for those businesses when they go back home, if all the businesses and theaters and restaurants are closed.

The US state department is telling travelers to avoid downtown Toronto because of expected “violent and unpredictable” protests, according to the article and I think these world leaders look at the protesters as an enemy they are “at war with” rather than to consider listening to anything they are saying.

I noticed Secretary of the Treasury, Timothy Geithner at hearings this week on CSPAN and on a news segment here and there – along with financial reform and regulations efforts in high swing – should’ve known it was because the finalizing of these G-20 background agreements are being hammered out.

(And they probably wanted the US to be in a much stronger position to say that we’re working on it – rather than for things to look like the legislative process and lobbyists had bogged it down to a standstill, which is more likely the case. – just a note of what I’ve seen in the last three years of this economic disaster.)

– cricketdiane

***

Recently, I had noticed another news item or two about Russia’s entry into the WTO with Russian Prime Minister Putin’s name tied into the mix. It is a sure sign that a G-20 meeting and its backroom work is underway when things like that pop up here and there.

Here is part of it that I looked up today – This one from 06-17-10

Putin said that Chevron, alongside with other large U.S. companies including Boeing, set up a special group in 2006 to back Russia’s World Trade Organization (WTO) entry bid as well as to “eliminate such archaic obstacles for our cooperation as the Jackson-Vanik amendment.”

The amendment, named after Congressmen Henry M. Jackson and Charles Vanik, was introduced in 1974 to restrict trade with the Soviet Union and other non-market economies until they allowed free emigration, especially of Jews, and other religious minorities.

Putin told a meeting with the U.S.-based Chevron Corporation that such archaic barriers “were created in the previous epoch in relations [between the Soviet Union and the United States] and today hinder development.”

http://en.rian.ru/russia/20100617/159463989.html

***

(and this one -)

Russian President Dmitry Medvedev

Russian president arrives in San Francisco to start U.S. visit

Russian President Dmitry Medvedev arrived on Wednesday to San Francisco to start a five-day working tour to pay a visit to the United States and take part in G8 and G20 summits in Canada.

My Note –

Bloomberg just had a story a little bit ago (before 9.46 am EDT) about Russian President Medvedev visiting the silicon valley and other high tech businesses of America today – right now, I suppose. They say he is tweeting about it.

How nifty. I wouldn’t be allowed to tour those facilities and neither would any other American citizen. Hmmmm…….

We are building our own competition. What a concept.

That’s stupid.

– cricketdiane

***

(and these)

  • Russia, Kazakhstan may jointly enter WTO without Belarus
  • U.S. commerce secretary welcomes progress in Russia WTO talks
  • Clinton tells Putin U.S. wants to lift Jackson-Vanik amendment

***

Sunny Start to St. Petersburg Forum

18 June 2010

By Irina Filatova and Scott Rose
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/business/article/sunny-start-to-st-petersburg-forum/408566.html

Companies, too, said they would take matters into their own hands this year, after initiatives like Russia’s long-running World Trade Organization bid continued to flounder.

“Everyone has noticed the change in mood compared with the talks held during the previous meetings,” said Renova Group billionaire Viktor Vekselberg, whom Medvedev recently tapped to oversee development of an ambitious innovation center in the Moscow region town of Skolkovo.

Last year’s forum saw a lot of criticism from the business community and politicians over legislative barriers, Vekselberg told reporters after a session dedicated to EU-Russia relations on Thursday.

“What I liked [about today’s meetings] very much was that state officials said they saw a clear priority from business. … It’s business that must initiate new political decisions through specific projects, through implementing specific initiatives,” he said.

“And it’s a crucially important change in the dialogue’s entire format,” he said.

Reiner Hartmann, president of the Association of European Businesses in Russia, said the tone at the forum had changed now that the hangover of the crisis is lifting. “Our partners are now more open for dialogue,” he said. “They see themselves more sober and realistic.”

One noticeable difference this year will be the lack of vodka and other hard alcohol at companies’ stands, Deputy Economic Development Minister Stanislav Voskresensky told Reuters.

“Beverages no stronger than wine” will be allowed on the grounds this year, he said. Medvedev has sought to improve Russians’ health and productivity through an anti-alcohol drive.

Medvedev’s speech Friday is expected to focus on his pet project of modernization, and forum participants said this issue was vital for Russia’s continued economic growth.

“I’d like him to say what he has been saying,” Andrew Somers, president of the American Chamber of Commerce in Russia, said, naming as examples Medvedev’s anti-corruption drive, efforts to improve relations with Washington and promotion of innovation.

Like last year, Putin is not on the forum’s list of participants, which includes French President Nicolas Sarkozy, who will make a speech with Medvedev on Saturday afternoon. Putin is scheduled to go to the Yaroslavl region on Friday to inspect a once-struggling engine plant and to meet with investors from Japan’s Komatsu.

“[Putin] created this event. I don’t think he wants to undermine it,” Somers said, when asked about the reaction to Putin’s headline-grabbing trip to Pikalyovo at the opening of the forum last year.

“It’s not in his interest. It [the forum] used to be a Soviet-style thing before he intervened. Now look at these CEOs,” Somers said, speaking after a session attended by ConocoPhillips chief James Mulva, Severstal CEO Alexei Mordashov, Citigroup head Vikram Pandit and other captains of international industry.

(and)

Forum participants also said it was time for business to push politicians for a final agreement on Russia’s 17-year bid to join the WTO. Last year, trade officials from Moscow, Washington and Brussels told the forum that the bid could be finalized within a year, only to see their hopes dashed when Russia began to work on a customs union with Belarus and Kazakhstan.

“Business is moving politics. That’s why if business tells them: ‘Move faster, have fruitful discussions and finally sign it,’ the talks will go better,” Deputy Economic Development Minister Andrei Slepnyov said.

Rusnano chief Anatoly Chubais berated Moscow for taking so long with the bid, saying no other country in the world had taken “such an endless and senseless path as Russia.”

“We have turned discussing [the bid] into a bad tradition. As far as I understand, it’s business — Russian and European business — that must speak out on this topic clearly,” Chubais told reporters.

Chubais also said this year’s forum stood out from previous years because of its modernization agenda, which he promised would be discussed in terms of specific projects. “The modernization agenda has never sounded like this before,” he said.

Slepnyov said the forum’s main goal was to make business “understand that modernization is serious and it’s possible to make money on it.”

Sixty percent of the forum’s agenda will be about modernizing Russia’s economy, Kremlin economic aide Arkady Dvorkovich told Vedomosti ahead of the forum. He said the rest of the time would be spend focusing on “a look into the future” — a mantra of Kremlin deputy chief of staff Vladislav Surkov — and global problems related to the economic crisis.

Staff writers Nikolaus von Twickel and Anatoly Medetsky contributed to this report.

Belarus Halts Gas Deliveries to EU

Italian, Russian Firms to Build Helicopter Factory

Medvedev to Put Business First In U.S. Visit

Building Moscow So They Will Come

***

My Note – other interesting stuff I found wandering about –

http://www.themoscowtimes.com/news/article/arms-expert-found-dead-in-malta/408670.html

Arms Expert Found Dead in Malta

21 June 2010
The Moscow Times

Alexander Pikayev, 48, a leading Russian expert on nuclear nonproliferation, was found dead in his apartment in the Maltese town of Bugibba with a blunt head wound, local media reported.

Police have ruled out murder and said Pikayev simply hit his head on a door when falling, MaltaMedia.com, a local news web site, reported Saturday. Pikayev’s computer was still on when his body was discovered.

Alexei Arbatov, Pikayev’s colleague at the Institute of World Economy and International Relations at the Russian Academy of Sciences, said Pikayev died Wednesday but the incident was only reported Saturday, RIA-Novosti reported.

Arbatov said Sunday that the official cause of death had not been established. He said it would be announced by Pikayev’s widow, who was in Russia when her husband died but is now in Malta.

Kommersant reported that Pikayev had probably suffered a heart attack. But Nikolai Petrov, who worked with Pikayev at the Carnegie Moscow Center, told The Moscow Times on Sunday that Pikayev had not complained about his health in the months before his death.

Pikayev had worked at the Institute of World Economy and International Relations since 1984 and headed its Center for International Security in recent years. He was a consultant for the State Duma’s Defense Committee from 1994 to 2003 and had worked at the Carnegie Moscow Center since 1997.

Pikayev was also a much-cited media pundit and often commented on current events in The Moscow Times.

Funeral arrangements were not immediately announced.

(my note – that means he died on June 16, 2010 and he was a specialist in a lot more than nuclear non-proliferation, exceptionally in economic matters and other international interactions.)

***


EU diplomat: no details on Iran sanctions until July

17 Jun 2010 07:51 GMT
… opponent of the initiative. Cyprus, Greece and Malta, whose ports could lose income from Iranian shipping lines, … detailed discussions in the coming weeks. The UN last week, including Iran ally Russia and non-interventionist …[PDF]

***

  • UPDATE 3-Russia starts cutting gas to Belarus in debt row 21 Jun 2010 13:30 GMT
    … MOSCOW, June 21 (Reuters) – Russia cut gas supplies to Belarus by 15 percent on Monday pressing its neighbour to pay a $192 million debt …
  • Russia President orders Belarus gas supplies cut
    21 Jun 2010 06:10 GMT
    … MOSCOW, June 21 (Reuters) – Russia‘s President Dmitry Medvedev told the gas monopoly … monopoly Gazprom to cut gas supplies to Belarus, the Kremlin’s press office said on Monday. ..

Goldman Sachs 2010 Healthcare Conference – June 15, 2010 – Jérôme …

File Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat
Jun 15, 2010 … Goldman Sachs 2010 Healthcare Conference. Jérôme Contamine. Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Los Angeles, June 15, 2010 …
en.sanofi-aventis.com/…/2010-06-15_GoldmanSachs_JContamine_tcm28-28836.pdf

***

India eyes stake in Russian uranium field
‘India is evaluating the option of picking up stake in one of the world’s largest uranium fields in Russia. The possibility of a minority equity stake in the Elkon field in Russia’s Yakutia province, which is estimated to hold 344,000 tonnes of uranium or about 5.3 per cent of the world’s recoverable reserves, is being seen as a step towards securing long-term supplies for the country’s nuclear capacity, a Government official involved in the exercise said. Russia’s state-owned mining firm ARMZ Uranium Holding Company has the licence to the Elkon field, in which a stake was offered in the course of bilateral negotiations during the Russian Prime Minister, Mr Vladimir Putin’s, visit to India earlier this year. ARMZ Uranium Holding, which also has licences for uranium fields in Kazakhstan and Mongolia, had earlier said it is looking for a strategic partner to help it develop the Elkon mine.’

American uranium major now has China as investor

‘NEW YORK: A major Hong Kong-based company, partly owned by the Chinese government has quietly purchased a 5.1 per cent stake in the lone US-owned provider of enriched uranium for use in civilian nuclear reactors globally.

The Noble Group, that bought the stake in USEC, is the world’s second-largest commodities trading and logistics company after Cargill. One of its minority owners is the Chinese government’s sovereign wealth fund, the New York Times reported yesterday.

Noble said in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission that it had purchased the shares on the open market from May 25 to June 2.

Noble wants to become USEC’s partner in marketing uranium enrichment for reactors in Asia, particularly mainland China, according to Richard Elman, Noble’s founder and executive chairman. China could prove to be a ready buyer of USEC’s product. It has a major nuclear power plant construction programme underway to help meet its growing energy demands.’

***

(and this one)

China puts down marker in nuclear power race

Asia Times by Stephen Blank

China announced in late April the sale of two nuclear reactors to Pakistan. This deal is clearly against the guidelines of the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG) and the spirit if not the letter of the nuclear Non-proliferation Treaty (NPT) [1]. Nevertheless, the United States has not and may not even register a protest to this sale in spite of its implications for regional stability.

(the last three listings are from this page of the CSIS website)

http://csis.org/blog/nuclear-policy-news-june-16-2010

***

(from June 15 CSIS blog above)

Washington objects to China-Pakistan nuclear deal

WP by Glenn Kessler

(from June 14, 2010 CSIS blog)
Germany probes shipments to Iran

WSJ by David Crawford

Saudi Arabia gives Israel clear skies to attack Iranian nuclear sites
Times of London by Hugh Tomlinson

Jordan’s Atomic Desires Test Obama’s Nuclear Agenda
GSN

Jordan’s ambitions for a civilian nuclear power sector, while supported by the United States, also raise concerns in Washington about aggravating Israel and an arms buildup in the Middle East, the Wall Street Journal reported Saturday (see GSN, Aug. 9, 2009). Amman and Washington are preparing a civilian nuclear trade deal that would give Jordan access to U.S. nuclear technology and expertise.

***

I also just found these two nifty products for testing ocean water and other water temperatures and chemistry – very nifty for the Gulf of Mexico townspeople and fishermen to sue BP and have some real information to use.

Oh, that’s terrible but so true . . .

Marine Science Education Test Kits
[HI 3899BP]
$315.00

Marine Science Education Test Kits
Click to enlarge

Marine Science Education Test Kits
Click to enlarge

Marine Science Education Test Kits
Click to
enlarge

HANNA Instruments is now offering a new series of test kits for use by educators and marine science students. These portable kits are specifically designed for teachers to get the most out of their classroom time with well constructed lessons and activities.

The backpack is designed with all the necessary components in one place, reducing the chance of misplacing an item. The durable backpack is ideal to take out in the field for on site measurements. The components are tied together by an extensive teachers manual that includes information about each parameter, classroom activities which are designed to introduce students to each parameter, and detailed field testing procedures. Using the supplied course of study in correlation with HANNA’s parameter test kits and pocket testers, the Marine Science Backpack Lab™ for Education proves teachers with a valuable tool in helping their students assess the water quality of marine environment.

The HANNA Instruments Backpack Lab™ is an example of our innovation and desire to respond to the needs of our customers. HANNA looks forward to supporting teachers with our continuing Backpack Lab™ series.

The HI 3899BP Marine Science Education Test Kit is supplied with the following:

  • 110 tests each for Acidity and Alkalinity, 100 tests for Ammonia, Carbon Dioxide, Dissolved Oxygen, Hardness, Nitrate, Nitrogen, Phosphate, Salinity, Conductivity, Temperature and more.
  • Hanna’s pHep®4 waterproof pH/temperature tester
  • Hanna’s DiST®5 waterproof conductivity/Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) tester
  • Hydrometer for Salinity
  • Secchi disk for turbidity
  • Backpack-style carrying case which holds all components of the kit
  • Teachers manual with a curriculum that meets National Science Teachers Standards
  • CD with defination of terms to be used as a Power Point or for transperencies
  • Laminated, laboratory instruction cards with step-by-step field-test procedures
  • Reproducible lab activity worksheets with instructions, goals, hypothesis, and testing procedure results/observations
  • A glossary of key terms for classroom display


For more information, please visit this products
webpage
.

(from)
http://www.aquanet.com/aquastore/product_info.php?cPath=25_27&products_id=280&osCsid=c43bedddeccec98f8bc038b0c97e897e

My Note –
Isn’t that nifty? But for the petrochemicals and dispersants in the Gulf of Mexico right now, additional test chemicals might need to be added to the handy system they are offering. Its still nifty though.

– cricketdiane

***

(And this one – a little pricey but for the Gulf of Mexico spill and its impacts, it sure would be worth having – and for other polluted crap testing too.)

Waterproof pH/EC/TDS/Temp Meter
[HI 991300]
$499.00 $439.68

a href=”//www.aquanet.com/aquastore/popup_image.php?pID=216&osCsid=e5958932e467607295083906f088088d\’)”>Waterproof pH/EC/TDS/Temp Meter
Click to enlarge

Waterproof pH/EC/TDS/Temp Meter
Click to enlarge

Waterproof<br /> pH/EC/TDS/Temp Meter
Click to enlarge

HI 991300 offers you the combination of pH, electro-conductivity, total dissolved solids and temperature measurements. To increase precision, you can select the meter which will work best with your range of conductivity, from purified to brackish waters. There are only 2 buttons, yet you can select from a range of calibration buffers and even the temperature scale (°C or °F) most familiar to you.

The housing is waterproof and rated for IP 67 conditions. The multi-parameter probe, HI 1288, includes pH, EC/TDS and temperature in one convenient, rugged handle. Other user selectable features include different TDS factors from 0.45 to 1.00, and a range of temperature coefficients (ß) from 0.0 to 2.4% for greater consistency and reproducibility. Also selectable are standardized buffer recognition values. To ensure against interference from transient electrical noise, a solid-state amplifier is integrated into the probe.

  • 4 parameters with a single probe
  • Stability indicator and hold feature
  • Over 1500 hours of battery life

HI 991300 is supplied complete with pH/EC/TDS/T HI 1288 probe, with 1 m (3.3 ft.) cable, batteries, rugged carrying case and instructions.

Specifications
HI 991300
Range:
0.00 to 14.00 pH; 0 to 3999 µS/cm EC;
0 to 2000 ppm TDS; 0.0 to 60.0°C or 32.0 to 140.0°F

Resolution:
0.01 pH; 1 µS/cm EC; 1 ppm TDS; 0.1°C or 0.1°F

Accuracy (@20°C/68°F):
±0.01 pH; ±2% F.S. EC/TDS; ±0.5°C or ±1.0°F

Typical EMC Deviation:
±0.03 pH; ±2% F.S EC/TDS; ±0.5°C or ±1.0°F

EC/TDS Ratios:

Selectable from 0.45 to 1.00 (0.50 default); step is of 0.01 unit

pH Calibration:

Automatic 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized standard buffers

EC/TDS Calibration:

Automatic 1 point at 1382 ppm

Temp. Compensation:

Automatic from 0 to 60°C pH;
Automatic from 0 to 60°C with a selectable b from 0.0 to 2.4% per °C EC/TDS

Probe (included):
HI 1288 pH/EC/TDS probe with built-in temperature sensor, DIN connector and 1 m (3.3′) cable

Battery Life:
4 x 1.5V AAA / approximately 500 hours of continuous use

Environment:
0 to 50°C (32 to 122 °F); RH 100%

Dimensions:
143 x 80 x 38 mm (5.6 x 3.1 x 1.5″)

Weight:
320g (11.3 oz.)

Accessories (click model link for more information)

HI 1288 –  pH/EC/TDS/Temp probe

HI 710004 –  Soft carrying case

HI 710007 –  Blue shockproof rubber boot

HI 710008 –  Orange shockproof rubber boot

HI 70030P –  12880 µS cal. Sol. (25 x 20 mL)

HI 70038P –  6.44 ppt cal. Sol. (25 x 20 mL)

HI 77100P –  1413 µS & pH 7 sol., 20 mL

HI 77200P –  1500 ppm & pH 7 sol. 20 mL

HI 77300P –  1382 ppm & pH 7 sol. 20 mL

HI 77400P –  pH 4 & 7 sol., 20 mL

Instruction Manual

HI 991300

Instruction Manual (PDF format)

Current Reviews: 1

This product was added to our catalog on Sunday 10 July, 2005.

(from)

http://aquanet.com/aquastore/product_info.php?cPath=25_26&products_id=216

***

my note –

Isn’t that great – a little pricey for home use but if my income wasn’t zero – I’d buy one for every house in our family including for each of my children.

I actually came to this site from here -which is also nifty –

http://www.aquanet.com/index.php?option=com_frontpage&Itemid=1

***

Ocean Tech Expo Features In-Water Demos

May 31, 2010 at 06:15 AM

R/V Tioga This year’s Ocean Tech Expo opened under sparkling skies on the Newport, RI waterfront. The event held May 25-27, 2010 provided a wonderful opportunity for companies to display the latest in ocean technology management and exploration equipment. The expo took place at the Newport Yachting Center and this seaside location made it easy for companies to provide “in-water” demos of their products.

Last Updated ( Jun 11, 2010 at 05:51 AM )
Read more…
Team Finds Subtropical Waters Flushing Through Greenland Fjord

Greenland Ice (Dave Sutherland,Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution) Waters from warmer latitudes — or subtropical waters — are reaching Greenland’s glaciers, driving melting and likely triggering an acceleration of ice loss, reports a team of researchers led by Fiamma Straneo, a physical oceanographer from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (WHOI).
Last Updated ( Apr 25, 2010 at 10:08 PM )

Read more…

(from website above and this one is from their news today – )

Scientists Call for a New Strategy for Polar Ocean Observation
PDF

Jun 23, 2010 at 04:33 AM

Scientists Call for a New Strategy for Polar Ocean Observation

Cost-effective approach could help predict climate change impacts for all marine ecosystems

MBL, WOODS HOLE, MA—In a report published in this week’s issue of Science, a team of oceanographers, including MBL (Marine Biological Laboratory) Ecosystems Center director Hugh Ducklow, outline a polar ocean observation strategy they say will revolutionize scientists’ understanding of marine ecosystem response to climate change. The approach, which calls for the use of a suite of automated technologies that complement traditional data collection, could serve as a model for marine ecosystems worldwide and help form the foundation for a comprehensive polar ocean observation system.

The complexity of marine food webs and the “chronic under-sampling” of the world’s oceans present major constraints to predicting the future of and optimally managing and protecting marine resources. “We know more about Venus than we do about the Earth’s oceans,” says Ducklow. “We need an ocean observation system analogous to meteorological monitoring for weather forecasting, but it’s harder to do in the ocean.”

In polar oceans in particular, including the Western Antarctic Peninsula (WAP) where Ducklow and his colleagues conduct research as part of the NSF’s Long-Term Ecological Research project at Palmer Station, high operation costs and harsh conditions restrict the coverage provided by research ships, where much of the data on this ecosystem is collected. To overcome these hurdles, oceanographers around the world have been developing technologies to complement traditional data collection by research ships. The coordinated use of these technologies will enable sustained observations throughout the year in the polar oceans and could form the foundation for a comprehensive observation strategy the team says.

In their report the scientists, led by Oscar Schofield of Rutgers University, describe a multi-platform approach to ocean observation, where data is collected by a host of automated sources including glider robots that measure ocean characteristics continuously for weeks at a time and tourist vessels, ferries, and other “ships of opportunity” outfitted with chemical and biological sensors. The authors also encourage the deployment of oceanographic instruments on animals such as elephant seals and penguins to provide information on animal behavior and oceanographic conditions. Recent tagging of Adélie penguins nesting near Palmer Station has helped scientists understand the link between nutrient upwelling and penguin foraging.
SLOCUM glider

A Rutgers/Webb SLOCUM glider is deployed from a Zodiac near Palmer Station Antarctica. Automated glider robots can measure ocean characteristics continuously for weeks at a time. (Credit: Jason Orfanon_

“We’re looking for ways to use our existing capabilities to obtain data,” says Ducklow. “Our goal is to make things cheaper and get a lot of them out there. This will help to narrow down uncertainty about the effects of warming on the polar oceans in the coming decades to century.”

The team says the WAP is an ideal location for monitoring the impacts of rapid climate change on marine ecosystems and could serve as a model observation system for marine ecosystems worldwide. The rapid climate change in this region is driving large-scale changes in the food web, impacting everything from phytoplankton—the foundation of the food web—to Antarctic krill, to apex predators such as penguins, whales, and seals.

“The comprehensive deployment of these observational systems will revolutionize our understanding of how marine ecosystems are responding to climate change everywhere, not just in Antarctica,” says Ducklow. “With current observation methods, the data you collect, whether it’s from land or from a research vessel, is limited to access by people. Where we are only getting dozens of measurements a year from data collected by people, you could get hundreds or thousands each day with the use of automated technologies.”

This paper stems from work done as part of the National Science Foundation Office of Polar Program’s Long-Term Ecological Research (LTER) project at Palmer Station, Antarctica. Hugh Ducklow is the principal investigator of the Palmer LTER. Besides Ducklow and Schofield, the paper’s co-authors are Douglas Martinson, Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory; Michael Meredith, British Antarctic Survey; Mark Moline, California Polytechnic State University; and William Fraser, Polar Oceans Research Group, Sheridan, MT.

###

Reporters may contact
mailto:scipak@aaas.org”>scipak@aaas.org

for full text of this paper: “How Do Polar Marine Ecosystems Respond to Rapid Climate Change?;” O. Schofield, H.W. Ducklow, D.G. Martinson, M.P. Meredith, M.A. Moline, W.R. Fraser; Science 18 June 2010 328: 1520-1523 [DOI: 10.1126/science.1185779].

The MBL is a leading international, independent, nonprofit institution dedicated to discovery and to improving the human condition through creative research and education in the biological, biomedical and environmental sciences. Founded in 1888 as the Marine Biological Laboratory, the MBL is the oldest private marine laboratory in the Americas. For more information, visit www.mbl.edu.

(from)

http://www.aquanet.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=2540&Itemid=1

***

My Note –

It seems those are the same gizmos being employed in the Gulf of Mexico to take test samples at different depths (and readings about temperatures, currents, oil plumes, dispersants and crude oil in the water column) from the Deepwater Horizon disaster.

– cricketdiane

***

Also found this wandering about –

From the Daily Press Briefing at the State Department on June 15, 2010

http://www.state.gov/r/pa/prs/dpb/2010/06/143165.htm


Visit of U.S. delegation of prominent U.S. technology companies to Syria

And in Syria, we have a delegation of prominent American technology companies in Syria engaging the Syrian Government and the local private sector, civil society, and academic stakeholders. The companies participating in this visit include Dell, Cisco Systems, Microsoft, Symantec, and VeriSign. Leading the delegation is Alec Ross, the Secretary of State’s senior advisor for innovation, Jared Cohen from the Secretary’s Policy Planning staff and other State Department officials. The initiative is in line with President Obama’s Cairo speech of last year, where he called for expanding cooperation between the United States and Muslim-majority countries and promoting job creation, education, and technological innovation.

The meeting – the visit has several objectives: first, to advance U.S. commercial interests by opening a new and emerging market for U.S. technology exports; supporting access to technologies that facilitate communication innovation which are crucial to meeting Syria’s needs today and in the future; broadening our engagement with both the Syrian Government and people; and supporting the rights and values that Secretary Clinton spoke of in her speech on internet freedom late last year.

My Note –

I think it would be worth looking up that one.

– cricketdiane

***

And this is interesting from the same briefing above –

U.S. has received additional offers of foreign assistance in the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill/Qatar has offered containment booms/Sweden has followed up on an earlier offer to include skimmers

***

From Today –

Coal mine owner sues federal government over ventilation regulations

By the CNN Wire Staff
June 23, 2010 9:57 a.m. EDT

STORY HIGHLIGHTS

  • Massey owns mine where 29 workers died in April
  • Company says agency overstepped its authority
  • Design of ventilation systems at issue
  • Use of scrubbers also at issue

(CNN) — Massey Energy Company, which owns a West Virginia coal mine in which 29 workers died in April, has sued the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration over ventilation regulations, the company said Wednesday.

The company is suing over the agency’s use of regulatory authority to control the design of ventilation systems and to limit the use of scrubbers in underground mines.

“We hope the principal beneficiary will be miners, who will have cleaner air, safer mines and more secure jobs,” Massey CEO Don Blankenship said in a statement.

The lawsuit, filed in the U.S. District Court in Washington, contends the federal agency exceeded its regulatory authority to enforce mine safety and health laws by effectively dictating the ventilation plan for each mine.

http://www.cnn.com/2010/US/06/23/massey.sues.government/

***

My Note –

That’s what I said yesterday when that ninny judge in New Orleans decided that the US government has no right to manage the safety and other issues involved in the oil drilling and consequently by precedent of his decision – mining operations and the leases of these oil and minerals operations. This means that Republican appointed judge gave away the rights of the American people and the US government in our interests to oversight of these facilities.

Now, that was utterly too stupid for words.

– cricketdiane

***

(and this)

Crack found in floor of West Virginia mine where 29 men died

Mine accidents in the United States

(and)

Bloomberg showed Commndr Thad Allen announcing that two deaths have occurred today in the Gulf of Mexico oil spill event and its cleanup – one was on a vessel of opportunity and one was a swimming accident. I’m going to go look up those two.

– cricketdiane (my note)

***

(also – )

the containment cap has been removed – check the pictures on bloomberg right now – unbelievable.

Oil Spill: NOAA expands closed fisheries, video report of sharks near coast, marine deaths

June 23, 7:29 AMGulf Oil Spill ExaminerTony Pann

http://www.examiner.com/x-48107-Gulf-Oil-Spill-Examiner~y2010m6d23-Oil-Spil-NOAA-expands-closed-fisheries-video-report-of-sharks-near-coast-marine-deaths

After more than two months of oil leaking into the Gulf of Mexico, the spread continues to impact marine life.  NOAA was recently opened some of the fisheries in the region, but had to expand the closures once again.  The tally on marine deaths continues to mount, and a reporter took his camera into the shallow waters to find that sharks are being forced closer to the shore where there is a better supply of oxygen.  That video report can be found below.

On June 22, coast Guard Adm. Thad Allen reported that record oil was captured due to all efforts of containment and burning.  The daily catch of 26 thousand barrels is about half of the government estimate (just increased last week).

Oil Spill: June 23rd NOAA projection and weather maps, live feed video
Wednesday, June 23rd, 2010

On day 65 of the oil crisis, it continues to spill and spread. Coast Guard Adm Thad Allen did report that Tuesday crews were able to contain a record…
Keep Reading »

***

Cap removed from leaking BP oil well

Published: Wednesday, June 23, 2010, 11:18 AM     Updated: Wednesday, June 23, 2010, 11:27 AM

The Coast Guard says BP has been forced to remove a cap that was containing some of the oil gushing into the Gulf of Mexico.

Coast Guard Adm. Thad Allen says an underwater robot bumped into the venting system. That sent gas rising through vent that carries warm water down to prevent ice-like crystals from forming in the cap.

Adm. Allen says the cap has been removed and crews are checking to see if crystals have formed before putting it back on. In the meantime, a different system is stilling burning oil on the surface.

Before the problem with the containment cap, it had collected about 700,000 gallons of oil in the previous 24 hours. Another 438,000 gallons was burned.

http://www.nola.com/news/gulf-oil-spill/index.ssf/2010/06/cap_removed_from_leaking_bp_oi.html?mobRedir=false

***

Martin Feldman, judge who overturned Obama Gulf drilling ban, had investments in oil: 2008 report

BY Sean Alfano

Wednesday, June 23rd 2010, 7:18 AM

Wednesday, June 23rd 2010, 7:18 AM

U.S. District Judge Martin L. C. Feldman

Handout

U.S. District Judge Martin L. C. Feldman

Related News

  • Articles
  • Federal judge overturns Obama’s deepwater oil drilling ban
  • IRS may tax Gulf Coast damage claims
  • Gulf oil rig owner criticizes Bam’s drilling ban

The federal judge who overturned the Obama administration‘s deepwater drilling ban in the Gulf of Mexico reportedly has extensive investments in the energy industry, financial disclosure reports reveal.

U.S. District Judge Martin Feldman owned roughly $15,000 in Transocean Ltd. stock in 2008.

Transocean owned the Deepwater Horizon rig that exploded April 20, killing 11 workers and triggering the worst oil spill disaster in U.S. history, with as much as 127 million gallons of oil leaked into the Gulf of Mexico.

Feldman’s other financial investments from the 2008 report include Halliburton, which was also involved with the Deepwater Horizon.

On Tuesday, Feldman ruled that the government overreacted, saying one rig’s explosion did not mean others would blow up, too.

“If some drilling equipment parts are flawed, is it rational to say all are? Are all airplanes a danger because one was? All oil tankers like Exxon Valdez? All trains? All mines? That sort of thinking seems heavy-handed, and rather overbearing,” Feldman wrote.

Louisiana Gov. Bobby Jindal welcomed the decision, saying the ban could lead to “economic catastrophe” for the Gulf Coast.

Interior Department Secretary Ken Salazar vowed to appeal the decision immediately.

“I will issue a new order in the coming days that eliminates any doubt that a moratorium is needed, appropriate, and within our authorities,” Salazar said Tuesday.

Feldman, appointed in 1983 by President Ronald Reagan, also sits on the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which is devoted to national security cases.

Prior to Feldman’s ruling, the ban on deepwater drilling, pertaining to wells 500 feet or more below the surface, suspended drilling in 33 wells for up to six months.

With News Wire Services

Read more: http://www.nydailynews.com/news/national/2010/06/23/2010-06-23_martin_feldman_judge_who_overturned_obama_gulf_drilling_ban_had_investments_in_o.html#ixzz0rh7t1hoe
***

Photo Gallery

Gulf Coast oil spill

The spill has gushed at least 1.6 million gallons of oil into waters off the coast.

Read more: http://www.nydailynews.com/news/national/2010/06/23/2010-06-23_martin_feldman_judge_who_overturned_obama_gulf_drilling_ban_had_investments_in_o.html#ixzz0rh8J6cQK
***
Oil Spill (breaking) High Res Video: BP and NOAA Scientists dispute large oil plumes
Wednesday, June 9th, 2010

BP’s management of the oil spill continues to raise questions and cause them to loose public support. Beyond the early estimates of 5,000 barrels a…
Keep Reading »

See the  Live streaming video and Oil Spill Counter (Interactive) in the Gulf of Mexico here.

BP Attempts to Contain The Oil Spill
LMRP Cap

Top Kill

Riser Insertion Tube and Skimming

Cofferdam Containment Unit

(from)

http://www.examiner.com/x-48107-Gulf-Oil-Spill-Examiner~y2010m6d23-Oil-Spill-June-23rd-NOAA-projection-and-weather-maps-live-feed-video

***

Buffett to host concert on CMT for Gulf residents

Metromix St. Louis – ‎6 minutes ago‎
… performing a free concert in Gulf Shores, Ala., next month to demonstrate support for residents and businesses stricken by the Gulf of Mexico oil spill. …

Feds Halt Sand Berms Off Gulf Coast

Associated Content – ‎7 minutes ago‎
The BP Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill has almost reached the two month mark and the oil spill is taking its toll on the Louisiana Gulf Coast and wildlife. …
(***
My Note –
I’m going to start a new post with the Gulf of Mexico oil spill info and then see if I can find the news about what Adm. Thad Allen was saying, (where two people were killed or died today in the oil spill mess.)
– cricketdiane
***

0.000000 0.000000

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

Group W banking, but then you’d have to know Alice –

29 Thursday Apr 2010

Posted by CricketDiane in Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

Alabama English only driving test, credit default swaps, credit derivatives, Economics, financia, hedge funds, macro-economics, US economic crisis, world economic crisis

My Note –

I am intelligent. I am intelligent enough to know this about myself and about the world in general, (see mantra below). It is, after considerable thought, what I can offer as my great contribution to this greater world. After reading pages and pages of US Code, International Law, Science, Economics, Business Finance and Wall Street lists of hedge funds, market makers and “deals” – I was reminded this morning, of something I wrote a long time ago when I lived with roommates who kept a war zone in our living room –

***

A mantra that I wrote during another troubled time in our history as a nation, (before 1990 something) –

It is called, “a mantra for the real world” –

It says –

I am an asshole. You are an asshole. We are all assholes. If we all shut down, shut up and don’t work together, the shit backs up and the world explodes. I am an asshole. You are an asshole . . . We are all assholes.

I think the original version was a little longer. It has been paraphrased by overuse.

– cricketdiane, 04-29-10

***

And then I forget that – and still find myself offended when I’m being an asshole or someone else is being an asshole or when some group of people or situation is intolerable and asinine.

The original version had something about “flow” in it – probably intended as a solution at the time beyond the recognition that we are the problem and therefore, the solutions as well.

Do you know, there are literally hundred of thousands upon thousands of pages of laws written precisely because humans, including me – are not inclined to play nice with one another on a regular basis? That is astounding.

It isn’t so astounding because we don’t play nice with each other some or even a lot of the time, it is astounding that someone thought enough of it to write it down, legislate it, take it to court, spend hours of their lives debating it, and academically, taught it, discussed it, intellectualized it, wrote about it, felt it necessary to review it, disseminate those reviews, alter it somewhat in how it was applied in case law somewhere at some time and for some reason along with paying thousands of lawyers and judges to adjudicate and consider it.

That is what is amazing.

I am literally dumbfounded by it.

There was a man who built a wall. His neighbor would have an advantage in having the wall along his property as well. The two had a talk over where the fence would be. The man who felt he could build the wall said he would and told the neighbor about his plans to do it.

So, ultimately when the wall was built, the man who put his time, labor and materials into building the wall that he wanted – sued the neighbor for payment for building the wall. Now, who would’ve thought that would take up pages and pages of written materials, discussion, thought, legal hours of representation for both sides and judges and orators and legislators and some of the brightest minds in our history to figure out?

But, aside from being an example intended to show a legal premise about rights, unspoken communication and commitments intended or otherwise, it is also an example of the massive consideration being given to the most trite of circumstances in human activities.

And it is the direct result of several very basic things – failure to recognize that the communication was not perceived nor received the same on both sides, failure to work together effectively – since both of the bastards should’ve been building the wall, and a massive failure by society to give these people the tools to work effectively together and play with one another appropriately at every stage of the event.

We have children and adults saying to one another, when they don’t like what was said or the way someone looked at them, that they’ll go get their gun. Well, that is no surprise reading the laws.

Apparently, that has been a problem which could’ve been solved a long time ago – with solutions that effect options for better resolutions and social tools in the hands of those people so that the only option on the menu wouldn’t be a gun or a bat or a weapon of permanent and irreparable harm.

That “beat the hell out of somebody” solution is always on the menu for any human being, but the tragedy and shame is for it to be the only solution on the menu for anybody, especially after this much of civilization has passed before us.

We have traders on Wall Street, money managers within investment firms and chief executive officers who were not even capable of hearing or understanding what the Senators on the investigative committee were saying to them.

It isn’t a failure of the Senators, their staff members and the general public to understand the language of Wall Street – it was the final analysis that shows, Wall Street is used to playing in a very isolated and rarefied atmosphere where everyone sees it the same way they do, where everything appears fine and wonderful, and where no one really knows what they are doing outside of that isolated and intellectually-biased sphere.

With the advent of the internet and resources of information broadly and immediately available, they failed to realize that everyone can know what they are doing and understand how they are doing it instantly. It isn’t hard to understand chicanery and con, there are pages and pages and pages of law devoted to it. Apparently, that is also a problem we could’ve solved a long time ago, by taking all those people and families whose trade involved finance and letting them sell to the “get a bat” people.

But, no . . . we wouldn’t do that.

– cricketdiane

***

I still agree with Chris Rock that the way to solve the problem of violence isn’t to outlaw guns – just raise the price of the bullets.

For $650 a bullet –  it changes the idea of that solution. But, then we would have to outlaw 2 x 4’s.

There is a law under discussion in Alabama and a candidate for Governor playing on it along with a bunch of very twisted well-meaning internet chatter that would make the driving test only given in English. And, every time I heard that story I’m thinking that as a driver, I want to know that the person next to me knows how to drive the car and the rules of the road, not whether they’re going to cuss me out in Russian, Japanese, Spanish or French because they can’t speak “American.”

And, I would hope they don’t give a test on English to the people in Alabama – all things considered. People from Japan, Europe and most of the rest of the world, are not going to have the problems with it that we have – they speak several languages besides ours.

***

There was a story yesterday which has also been brewing about hedge funds moving to Hong Kong and Singapore – particularly some that are currently enjoying English law in London. I hope they do, too. Because they can do math in that part of the world and they’re not going to put up with it.

The shit that they come up with in hedge funds just doesn’t come out the same everywhere. It isn’t going to break the Bank of England if they leave and go to Singapore or Hong Kong. I would send a letter of condolence to them and tickets to take the trip and figure it out.

– cricketdiane

***

See yah . . .

ANd, yes there’s more – there’s always more . . .

http://www.institutionalinvestor.com/

Institutional Investor Magazine

Institutional Investor is proud to announce this year’s manager nominees for the 8th Annual Hedge Fund Industry Awards. The winners will be announced at a dinner and awards ceremony on Monday, June 21, 2010. The awards dinner is held in conjunction with Institutional Investor Conferences’ Hedge Fund Investor Symposium, June 22-23, 2010, in New York.

At the Hedge Fund Industry Awards dinner, to be held at the Mandarin Oriental in New York City, Julian Robertson Jr., Founder and Chairman, Tiger Management Corp, will be presented with the lifetime achievement award. Orin Kramer, Chairman, New Jersey State Investment Council, will be honored for his outstanding contribution to the hedge fund industry.

The manager nominees are:

Institutional Hedge Fund Firm of the Year Nominees
D.E. Shaw & Co.
Highbridge Capital Management
Och-Ziff Capital Management Group
Paulson & Co.
York Capital Management

Emerging Hedge Fund Firm of the Year Nominees
1798 Global Partners
Arrowhawk Capital Partners
Atalaya Capital Management
HealthCor Management
Merchants’ Gate Capital

Credit-Focused Hedge Fund of the Year Nominees
Appaloosa Management
Avenue Capital Group
Canyon Capital Advisors
Centerbridge Partners
Pacific Investment Management Co.

(et. – there are a bunch of them)

http://www.institutionalinvestor.com/alternatives/Articles/2475251/Paulson-and-Co-SAC-Capital-Appaloosa-Management-Among-Nominees-For-Hedge-Fund-Industry-Awards.html

(from)

About the Hedge Fund Industry Awards
For the past 8 years, the Hedge Fund Industry Awards have recognized the people and firms across the industry whose innovation, savvy, achievements and contributions made them stand out among their peers.  Award honorees, nominees and winners are chosen by the editorial staff of Institutional Investor magazine based on their market intelligence, performance data and additional information received from the industry following a public call for nominations.

Alternatives

Paulson & Co, SAC Capital, Appaloosa Management Among Nominees For Hedge Fund Industry Awards

Institutional Investor announces this year’s manager nominees for the 8th Annual Hedge Fund Industry Awards.

***

Amazing.

And just in case it wasn’t clear about this English only crap –

I am for every driving test, driving manuals, training tools for driving and rules of the road materials  for learning and testing the understanding of it, to be available in every language.

And, I’m for every person in America to be able to fluently and proficiently converse in the American version of English, including people who were born American and those who came from somewhere else.

And – I’m very much for every person in America learning more languages than the one they came into this world learning in the family where they originated.

That would make all the difference, but when it comes to the skills and laws associated with driving – make sure that people can understand and express what they know about it in the language with which they are most familiar – so that we are all on the same damn page when we are driving on the same damn roads with each other and our lives, safety, well-being, physical wholeness and the lives of those we love are at stake.

Here is what I had written earlier – and, by the way, for use of the English language being a problem to people born and raised in Alabama generally – they may as well not get offended because they are in good company with at least 70% of the rest of America that don’t have the excuse of being born in some other country –

There is a law under discussion in Alabama and a candidate for Governor playing on it along with a bunch of very twisted well-meaning internet chatter that would make the driving test only given in English. And, every time I heard that story I’m thinking that as a driver, I want to know that the person next to me knows how to drive the car and the rules of the road, not whether they’re going to cuss me out in Russian, Japanese, Spanish or French because they can’t speak “American.”

And, I would hope they don’t give a test on English to the people in Alabama – all things considered. People from Japan, Europe and most of the rest of the world, are not going to have the problems with it that we have – they speak several languages besides ours.

***

The other thing I was going to note – I had written and then put on another document intending not to publish it, but here it is –

We have Barney teaching children, “I love you, you love me, we’re just one big family . . . ” and then turn around to them in a school classroom during grade school and say, “what do you mean you think you’re special?” and subject them to psychoanalysis to prescribe drugs to “fix that.” No wonder they have futility thinking by the time they’re in middle school and everyone is bullying one another to prove that they are at least in some way better than some other kid or group of kids down the hall. We taught them that. First, we teach them they are special and unique and important and valued and valuable – then what?

We want them to learn to read and think and talk about things and then, we force them into a desk in a classroom for eight hours without moving and expect them to be healthy, not obese, happy, intelligent, learning, non-abusive to their classmates, feeling valued and important – and then tell them to sit down, shut up and listen for hours on end to stuff we wouldn’t want to hear for ten minutes of constant uninterrupted discourse.

What the hell kind of learning is that? And, then people wonder why there is a problem in our schools and 70% of America is illiterate. What did they think would happen when the normally alive, vivacious, curious wonderment of their children was chained into a school desk for hours after being subjected to an enclosed gas chamber of diesel fumes for an hour? What were the expected results of that situation?

I have listened to hours of teachers saying they are not the problem, to health care workers, nurses, doctors, politicians, agencies, decision-makers and academics saying they’re aren’t the problem, to Wall Street brokers, bankers and financial legislative committee members, political policy makers, political party policy makers, union leaders, citizens, parents, students, school systems, school board members, and countless others waste my time saying they aren’t the problem. They’ve wasted all of our time saying they aren’t the problem, they didn’t cause the problems, they had nothing to do with it. Well, I’m here to tell you that they did.

And, we all know that.

What I want to do is tell them to put both their hands out in front of them, tell them to then reach around to their backsides and see if they can find their own ass using both the hands designed to do so. That’s what I want to do, because if they can’t do that – they don’t need to be teaching school, politicking, policing, leading, financing, running banks, doing business, unionizing, serving up health care to anybody nor parenting any child we want to see to its adulthood.

Two things – one, it shows they can’t follow directions.

And, two – it shows either they do or do not know where the solutions are generated and implemented. – and that is, at the end of their arms where their hands are located using the mind that the system designer put between those hands to get the job done successfully. Maybe people have forgotten, but we didn’t design the system (that is a human being) and it works.

To make it more simple – a basic skills test for generating solutions that work, that are workable and that can work – exists in the knowledge that you can find your own ass with your own two hands (without help.) And some people, even those who need help finding their own ass are capable of generating and implementing solutions that work because we are all designed that way to be capable of doing that.

But, there is absolutely no incentive for them to change anything they’re doing in the way they have been doing it such that it would improve anything for anybody in the situations where they find themselves accountable. And, neither do I. Maybe it is a human thing. Maybe we all lack the discretion necessary to do anything better than what has become familiar to us, no matter how intolerable it is. And, no matter what we know about the outcome. We seem infinitely capable of dissuading ourselves from the truth, whatever it is. Like, that just because that last four years of students came out of our classes not able to read doing it that way, doesn’t mean the next four sets of students won’t be able to read by doing it and teaching it in the same way we just did. That is delusional. But, that is what we do.

And, no – this part is not funny. But, if you think about it – the first part of what I wrote today wasn’t funny either. But, I laughed when I read it after having written it. That’s because I have already come to accept the hideousness of it, and that shared humanity about it – makes it funny (to me.)

Yes, the people in Alabama might not pass a test in English – but they would be in good company apparently with the people of Arizona who just passed a law to stop anybody with a tan and ask for papers documenting their legal birth somewhere in order to walk down the street of America. Well, that’s no surprise.

I watched that sheriff from Arizona proudly boasting about the 200,000 people they had stopped already and the 38,000 they put into custody. And, yet – the crime still goes on. How is that possible if they are doing such a bang em’ up good job by stopping everybody demanding birth certificates and documents. Maybe they are in the wrong business in Arizona law enforcement. Maybe they need to be in the business of stopping crime instead of chasing papers and people who obviously didn’t do a crime when they were stopped in the first place (or it wouldn’t even be under discussion.)

There is a great job somewhere for that sheriff and the legislators, politicians and whoever else came up with this push for focusing on documentation instead of solving the crime problem in Arizona and their cities. Maybe we need them on the banking regulators’ staff and we could find out what papers we’re missing there from banks, investment firms, stock market wizards and others engaged in driving our country into the ground. Surely it isn’t the people making $4.00 an hour in the hot sun laying bricks for our buildings that are the ones doing it.

In Georgia, over the many years of walking to go to the store and buy something, I don’t have a tan, am not black or brown or drunk or stoned or carrying a bat or a gun or a weapon of mass destruction or acting like a moron or talking to the wind and still get stopped by police and demanded of my identification and answers about where I’m going and where I live and where I was born and where I came from and why am I there and who is somebody I know and on and on and on – even right around the corner from where I live, bothering nobody, and doing nothing out of the ordinary. But, when I first started walking to go places where I needed to go – buying groceries, getting to the bus stop two miles away, going to the Wal-Mart or mall, there weren’t many people walking. Well, there was nobody walking.

Now, there are lots of people who walk to buy their groceries and walk to work or use the bus. And, as racist as it sounds – I’m here to be the one to say it – I didn’t have any better luck with America in my lifetime than people of many different races and situations have had. There is just a tendency for assumptions to be made, regardless of the color of my skin, too. And, that is a shame – some of those people would’ve really liked to have gotten to know me, if they could’ve gotten past what they thought about me in the first place without ever having found out what was really there.

That bunch up in Washington, and the bunch up there on Wall Street in New York and its offices around the world need to get in touch with two simple things. One, the history they are making is written today by their actions or failure to take actions. And two, they are not alone, whether they know it or not – we all fit into a much bigger world. When I screw something up, I’ll be getting a band-aid for my big toe. When they screw something up, our children and our children’s children will be studying it in school along with experiencing an entirely different world than the one we have today – for better, or for worse.

And that sheriff down there in Arizona – he will be in the history books whether he likes it or not as the biggest excuse for the picture of remaining bigotry and prejudice we continue to endure in America to this day.

And, no that is not funny either.

– cricketdiane

***

Oh yeah, tell those Senators that they can go pick out 100 of the most dog-ass likely to fail defaulting loans and Goldman Sachs will package it up right quick where they can buy a short on it and some credit derivatives that are guaranteed to pay off to them. What’s a billion dollars here or there?

Better yet, they can borrow somebody else’s money to do it, leverage that instead of really using it, pay 1% insurance on the whole package and then get 100% payoff on the value of the entire thing – however much that is. Oh wait – maybe that’s why they don’t want to regulate the damn thing, because they’re doing that already.

***

Group W banking, but then you’d have to know Alice –

just in case – The Group W bench in the title which becomes Group W banking could be an obscure reference to Alice’s Restaurant by Arlo Guthrie, and not just something I made up.

But this – I did make up this, while I was taking my bath awhile ago (earlier today) –

Those epic efforts out in the Gulf of Mexico to clean up the oil might have tried those pleated, white filters that are used on heaters – wired together in a long row, because water goes through them but oil does not. It would cost about $20 to get one and find out if it works or not, but it does which I accidentally discovered doing something else trying to filter cement dust out of the air at my parent’s house recently. Somebody needs to go out there and tell them, I’m not the one with a 600 mile wide oil spill, hundreds of people trying to manage it unsuccessfully and with crude oil heading towards the shore.

But, then I’ve been there and done that, so to speak. I’ve been to the beaches in California after an oil spill with the birds laying on the shore covered in black crude and brown gunk from the sand, flopping around with the sounds of dying. And, I’ve stepped over the blanket of tar laden kelp and smelled the fishes that lay dead and dying in the foam of the surf and along the beach.

I’ve used the Ajax powder to try and get the black petroleum off my shoes and off the carpets in the car after we all walked along that beach. I know the dread and horror of what that will be to the businesses and tourist industries along that entire gulf coast from Florida to Louisiana and Texas. But, then – you couldn’t tell them anything about drilling for oil out there in the Gulf – we need that oil – we need those revenues – we need those oil company leases paying off those rigs, etc., etc., etc.,

I can see those tourist brochures now – white sandy beaches covered in coal black mcnasty – oh well. Y’all come now, yah hear? Just like old Granny Clampett says – ya’ll just come on back and spend your money on vacation. And that’s going to be some shrimp jambalaya with a new kind of twang.

What were they thinking? Can I say that they can do as the Republicans suggest and tell each other it doesn’t exist, if they don’t agree with it? Maybe they can hire a pr firm and call it “black sand beaches” and “tar marsh nature lessons camp”. They are not going to like it when that stuff gets to shore, finishes getting to shore and then does what it always does once it is onshore.

Nope, they are not going to think much of the economic revenue that oil is at that point. But, then you just couldn’t tell them anything. Ask Haley Barbour – everything is fine . . .

– cricketdiane

***

0.000000 0.000000

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

When credit default swaps paid out 100% to the hedge funds and Wall Street players – where did they think the payout on that money came from? Did they not know it was the education money for somebody’s kids, their nest egg for retirement, the money they sacrificed and put away that they had earned the hard way – by working for it – just to have Wall Street put their hands into the till and claim it belonged to them – that is organized crime –

28 Wednesday Apr 2010

Posted by CricketDiane in America - USA, Business Methods, cricket diane, Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips, Economics, Economy, Logic, macro-economics, Macro-economics future forecasting, Money, Systems Analysis

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

Abacus, credit default swaps, cricketdiane, financial, Goldman Sachs, hedge funds, John Paulson, Money, Senate hearings with Goldman Sachs, Wall Street

History

The fusor was originally conceived by Philo Farnsworth, better known for his pioneering work in television. In the early 1930s he investigated a number of vacuum tube designs for use in television, and found one that led to an interesting effect. In this design, which he called the multipactor, electrons moving from one electrode to another were stopped in mid-flight with the proper application of a high-frequency magnetic field. The charge would then accumulate in the center of the tube, leading to high amplification. Unfortunately it also led to high erosion on the electrodes when the electrons eventually hit them, and today the multipactor effect is generally considered a problem to be avoided.

What particularly interested Farnsworth about the device was its ability to focus electrons at a particular point. One of the biggest problems in fusion research is to keep the hot fuel from hitting the walls of the container. If this is allowed to happen, the fuel cannot be kept hot enough for the fusion reaction to occur. Farnsworth reasoned that he could build an electrostatic plasma confinement system in which the “wall” fields of the reactor were electrons or ions being held in place by the multipactor. Fuel could then be injected through the wall, and once inside it would be unable to escape. He called this concept a virtual electrode, and the system as a whole the fusor.

Work at Farnsworth Television labs

New fusors based on Hirsch’s design were first constructed in the late 1960s. The first test models demonstrated that the design was effective. Soon they were showing production rates of up to a billion neutrons per second, and rates of up to a trillion per second have been reported.

All of this work had taken place at the Farnsworth Television labs, which had been purchased in 1949 by ITT Corporation with plans of becoming the next RCA. In 1961 ITT placed Harold Geneen in charge as CEO. Geneen decided that ITT was no longer going to be a telephone/electronics company, and instituted a policy of rapidly buying up companies of any sort. Soon ITT’s main lines of business were insurance, Sheraton Hotels, Wonderbread and Avis Rent-a-Car. In one particularly busy month they purchased 20 different companies, all of them unrelated. It didn’t matter what the companies did, as long as they were profitable.

A fusion research project was not regarded as immediately profitable. In 1965 the board of directors started asking Geneen to sell off the Farnsworth division, but he had his 1966 budget approved with funding until the middle of 1967. Further funding was refused, and that ended ITT’s experiments with fusion.

The team then turned to the AEC, then in charge of fusion research funding, and provided them with a demonstration device mounted on a serving cart that produced more fusion than any existing “classical” device. The observers were startled, but the timing was bad; Hirsch himself had recently revealed the great progress being made by the Soviets using the tokamak. In response to this surprising development, the AEC decided to concentrate funding on large tokamak projects, and reduce backing for alternative concepts.

Work at Brigham Young University

Farnsworth then moved to Brigham Young University and tried to hire on most of his original lab from ITT into a new company. The company started operations in 1968, but after failing to secure several million dollars in seed capital, by 1970 they had spent all of Farnsworth’s savings. The IRS seized their assets in February 1971, and in March Farnsworth suffered a bout of pneumonia which resulted in his death. The fusor effectively died along with him.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fusor

Believe it or not – this true story is the real destruction that the Wall Street business approach consistently provides. We might today have actual nuclear fusion to generate electricity for America and the world along with untold countless other wonderful things – if this inventor and his team could’ve had the support of the business he created and the rewards from the inventions he designed.

But no, look what happened in the middle of the story and the damages that occurred as a result – we all live with that diminished real return and so do generations of children and families long past his life or ours. That is because of what he didn’t get to do as a direct result of the greed at the expense of all else which took over the way Harold Geneen mis-handled it. He traded the great breakthroughs of our lifetime to buy up businesses that already existed and didn’t need his help to be available to all of mankind and to improve people’s lives for generations as these inventors were dependent on it and denied it.

And that’s what “Atlas Shrugged” is about – what happens when the intelligent aren’t allowed, the creative aren’t tolerated, the greatest are denied access and the endless possibilities inherent in the human mind are leashed by the hideous short-sighted manipulations of “a few in pursuit of greed above all, and to the exclusion of all else.” (my paraphrase)

– cricketdiane, 04-28-10

This is Mr. Farnsworth’s machine – it is a damn good start – sits on a table top instead of taking up miles and miles of space and the absurd energy used in the Tokamak et al. – and that’s some of what we’ve lost because of Wall Street greed – I hope that Mr. Geneen remains in hell forever –

Farnsworth–Hirsch Fusor during operation in so called "star mode" characterized by "rays" of glowing plasma which appear to emanate from the gaps in the inner grid - produces neutrons by trillions

Farnsworth–Hirsch Fusor during operation in so called "star mode" characterized by "rays" of glowing plasma which appear to emanate from the gaps in the inner grid. - produces neutrons by trillions

***

Standard and Poor’s has downgraded the sovereign debt ratings for both Greece and Portugal, with the Greek debt lowered to junk status. FULL STORY

***

They were smooth, confident and proved why Goldman employees are known as the best on Wall Street. They explained complex mortgage products and their role in them. It was all very impressive — until the questions started. FULL STORY

***

My Note –

The other thing that I noticed about the ways that products on Wall Street have been made that profit only when others fail or when loans fail or when the markets are failing or when businesses fail – is this –

That same money which was drawn into that game would’ve otherwise been the same money to invest in the success of businesses, the underwriting of real innovations, research and develop of businesses, start-ups of new businesses and other types of investments which would’ve provided a return at the success of where it was made available.

The tragedy of having brought that money into a game based on making money when failure occurs – it also assured those funds weren’t available to support commercial real estate, retailers, manufacturers, businesses, startups and other truly innovative business and economic things of an advantage to our society. All that money has been tied up in this game to steal it, convert it into bonuses and Wall Street profits to serve themselves and making 100% return to themselves specifically because tens of thousands of people lost their homes and businesses.

Tell the people of Iceland who lost their life savings and all the revenues of their city budgets, their school’s program budgets, their country treasury, their banks and countless businesses – that the money in the pockets of the Wall Street members who sold them those financial products and also made off their banks’ failure wasn’t constructed intentionally to do so.

Ask the people of Greece, Portugal, Ireland, and countless others if there is nothing wrong with what Goldman Sachs, and every other Wall Street banker, investment firm and hedge fund have been and are still doing.

–  cricketdiane

***

History

Some theories hold that the practice was invented in 1609 by Dutch trader Isaac Le Maire, a big shareholder of the Vereenigde Oostindische Compagnie (VOC). In 1602, he invested about 85,000 guilders in the VOC. By 1609, the VOC still was not paying dividend, and Le Maire’s ships on the Baltic routes were under constant threats of attack by English ships due to trading conflicts between the British and the VOC. Le Maire decided to sell his shares and sold even more than he had. The notables spoke of an outrageous act and this led to the first real stock exchange regulations: a ban on short selling. The ban was revoked a couple of years later.[2]

Short selling has been a target of ire since at least the eighteenth century when England banned it outright.[citation needed] It was perceived as a magnifying effect in the violent downturn in the Dutch tulip market in the seventeenth century. In another well-referenced example, George Soros became notorious for “breaking the Bank of England” on Black Wednesday of 1992, when he sold short more than $10 billion worth of pounds sterling.

The term “short” was in use from at least the mid-nineteenth century. It is commonly understood that “short” is used because the short seller is in a deficit position with his brokerage house. Jacob Little was known as The Great Bear of Wall Street who began shorting stocks in the United States in 1822.[citation needed]

Short sellers were blamed for the Wall Street Crash of 1929.[3] Regulations governing short selling were implemented in the United States in 1929 and in 1940.[citation needed] Political fallout from the 1929 crash led Congress to enact a law banning short sellers from selling shares during a downtick; this was known as the uptick rule, and this was in effect until July 3, 2007 when it was removed by the SEC (SEC Release No. 34-55970).[4] President Herbert Hoover condemned short sellers and even J. Edgar Hoover said he would investigate short sellers for their role in prolonging the Depression. Legislation introduced in 1940 banned mutual funds from short selling (this law was lifted in 1997).[citation needed] A few years later, in 1949, Alfred Winslow Jones founded a fund (that was unregulated) that bought stocks while selling other stocks short, hence hedging some of the market risk, and the hedge fund was born.[5]

Some typical examples of mass short-selling activity are during “bubbles“, such as the Dot-com bubble.[citation needed] At such periods, short-sellers sell hoping for a market correction. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announcements approving a drug often cause the market to react irrationally due to media attention; short sellers use the opportunity to sell into the buying frenzy and wait for the exaggerated reaction to subside before covering their position.[citation needed] Negative news, such as litigation against a company, will also entice professional traders to sell the stock short.

During the Dot-com bubble, shorting a start-up company could backfire since it could be taken over at a higher price than what speculators shorted. Short-sellers were forced to cover their positions at acquisition prices, while in many cases the firm often overpaid for the start-up.

Short selling restrictions in 2008

In September 2008 short selling was seen as a contributing factor to undesirable market volatility and subsequently was prohibited by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for 799 financial companies for three weeks in an effort to stabilize those companies.[6] At the same time the U.K. Financial Services Authority (FSA) prohibited short selling for 32 financial companies.[7] On September 22, Australia enacted even more extensive measures with a total ban of short selling.[8] Also on September 22, the Spanish market regulator, CNMV, required investors to notify it of any short positions in financial institutions, if they exceed 0.25% of a company’s share capital.[9][10] Naked shorting was also restricted.

In an interview with the Washington Post in late December 2008, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Chairman Christopher Cox said the decision to impose a three-week ban on short selling of financial company stocks was taken reluctantly, but that the view at the time, including from Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson and Federal Reserve chairman Ben S. Bernanke, was that “if we did not act and act at that instant, these financial institutions could fail as a result and there would be nothing left to save.” Later he changed his mind and thought the ban unproductive.[11] In a December 2008 interview with Reuters, he explained that the SEC’s Office of Economic Analysis was still evaluating data from the temporary ban, and that preliminary findings point to several unintended market consequences and side effects. “While the actual effects of this temporary action will not be fully understood for many more months, if not years,” he said, “knowing what we know now, I believe on balance the Commission would not do it again.”[12]

Mechanism

Short selling stock consists of the following:

  • The investor instructs the broker to sell the shares and the proceeds are credited to his broker’s account at the firm upon which the firm can earn interest. Generally, the short seller does not earn interest on the short proceeds.
  • Upon completion of the sale, the investor has 3 days (in the US) to borrow the shares. If required by law, the investor first ensures that cash or equity is on deposit with his brokerage firm as collateral for the initial short margin requirement. Some short sellers, mainly firms and hedge funds, participate in the practice of naked short selling, where the shorted shares are not borrowed or delivered.
  • The investor may close the position by buying back the shares (called covering). If the price has dropped, he makes a profit. If the stock advanced, he takes a loss.
  • Finally, the investor may return the shares to the lender or stay short indefinitely.
  • At any time, the lender may call for the return of his shares e.g. because he wants to sell them. The borrower must buy shares on the market and return them to the lender (or he must borrow the shares from elsewhere). When the broker completes this transaction automatically, it is called a ‘buy-in’.

Shorting stock in the U.S.

In the U.S., in order to sell stocks short, the seller must arrange for a broker-dealer to confirm that it is able to make delivery of the shorted securities. This is referred to as a “locate.” Brokers have a variety of means to borrow stocks in order to facilitate locates and make good delivery of the shorted security.

The vast majority of stocks borrowed by U.S. brokers come from loans made by the leading custody banks and fund management companies (see list below). Institutions often lend out their shares in order to earn a little extra money on their investments. These institutional loans are usually arranged by the custodian who holds the securities for the institution. In an institutional stock loan, the borrower puts up cash collateral, typically 102% of the value of the stock. The cash collateral is then invested by the lender, who often rebates part of the interest to the borrower. The interest that is kept by the lender is the compensation to the lender for the stock loan.

Brokerage firms can also borrow stocks from the accounts of their own customers. Typical margin account agreements give brokerage firms the right to borrow customer shares without notifying the customer. In general, brokerage accounts are only allowed to lend shares from accounts for which customers have “debit balances”, meaning they have borrowed from the account. SEC Rule 15c3-3 imposes such severe restrictions on the lending of shares from cash accounts or excess margin (fully paid for) shares from margin accounts that most brokerage firms do not bother except in rare circumstances. (These restrictions include the broker must have the express permission of the customer and provide collateral or a letter of credit.)

Most brokers will allow retail customers to borrow shares to short a stock only if one of their own customers has purchased the stock on margin. Brokers will go through the “locate” process outside their own firm to obtain borrowed shares from other brokers only for their large institutional customers.

(etc.)

Dividends and voting rights

Where shares have been shorted and the company which issues the shares distributes a dividend, the question arises as to who receives the dividend. The new buyer of the shares, who is the “holder of record” and holds the shares outright, will receive the dividend from the company. However, the lender, who may hold its shares in a margin account with a prime broker and is unlikely to be aware that these particular shares are being lent out for shorting, also expects to receive a dividend. The short seller will therefore pay to the lender an amount equal to the dividend in order to compensate, though as this payment does not come from the company it is not technically a dividend as such. The short seller is therefore said to be “short the dividend”.

A similar issue comes up with the voting rights attached to the shorted shares. Unlike a dividend, voting rights cannot legally be synthesized and so the buyer of the shorted share, as the holder of record, controls the voting rights. The owner of a margin account from which the shares were lent will have agreed in advance to relinquish voting rights to shares during the period of any short sale.[14] As noted earlier, victims of Naked Shorting attacks sometimes report that the number of votes cast is greater than the number of shares issued by the company.[15]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_position

***

As noted earlier, victims of Naked Shorting attacks sometimes report that the number of votes cast is greater than the number of shares issued by the company.[15]

RBS’s aggressive expansion strategy turned the regional Scottish lender into a global bank with a large investment operation. But it backfired.

By the fall of 2008 RBS, one of Britain’s biggest banks, had been nationalized in all but name. The government started with a minority holding that fall, when it pulled the bank from the brink of collapse, but continued to tighten its grip as the share price eroded. By February 2009 it owned a 68 percent stake, allowing it to exert de facto control over bank management — which was replaced in a shake-up — as well as in lending and strategic decisions.

In the last week of February, the bank announced a £24.1 billion loss for the year, the largest in British corporate history. The bank has become the first bank to sign up for Britain’s asset protection plan. RBS said it would dump £325 ($466 billion) of mainly toxic assets into the program, a step that could raise the state’s stake to 95 percent.

(etc.)

http://topics.nytimes.com/top/news/business/companies/royal-bank-of-scotland-group-plc/index.html

**

A Routine Deal Became an $840 Million Mistake

By LANDON THOMAS Jr.
Published: April 22, 2010

LONDON — To the bankers here, it seemed like a chance to make a quick $7 million — risk free.

Instead, their sweet deal turned into a $840.1 million debacle.

In May 2007, a handful of bankers in London agreed to take a role in a complex mortgage investment being devised by Goldman Sachs.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/04/23/business/23cdo.html

Abacus, which is now at the center of accusations that Goldman defrauded investors, was one of countless mortgage deals that ricocheted between Wall Street and Europe during the heady days of the boom.

Indeed, after R.B.S., the biggest loser in Abacus was IKB Deutsche Industriebank of Germany, which was a big player in such mortgage investments.

( . . . )

The $840.1 million that Abacus cost R.B.S. represented a small part of the crippling losses that led the British government to rescue the bank in the costliest bailout of any bank worldwide. Today R.B.S. is all but nationalized; the British government owns about 84 percent of it.

Gordon Brown, Britain’s prime minister, has called for an investigation into the Abacus deal, as has the German chancellor, Angela Merkel.

When the Abacus investment soured, Royal Bank of Scotland, under the terms of the deal, was obligated to cover the $840.1 million in losses. The British bank paid that sum to Goldman Sachs, which, in turn, paid John A. Paulson, the hedge fund manager who had bet against the deal. According to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Goldman had devised the investment to fail from the start so that Mr. Paulson could wager against it.

(etc.)

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/04/23/business/23cdo.html

***

Muckety Map of John Paulson –

http://www.muckety.com/John-A-Paulson/81605.muckety

**

A passenger waited for a train at the Rossio station in Lisbon as transport workers in both Portugal and Greece went on strike against austerity measures on Tuesday.

By JACK EWING and JACK HEALY
Published: April 27, 2010

FRANKFURT — Greece’s credit rating was lowered to junk status Tuesday by a leading credit agency, a decision that rocked financial markets and deepened fears that a debt crisis in Europe could spiral out of control.

The ratings agency, Standard & Poor’s, downgraded Greece’s long-term and short-term debt to non-investment status and cautioned that investors who bought Greek bonds faced dwindling odds of getting their money back if Greece defaulted or went through a debt restructuring. The move came shortly after S.&P. reduced Portugal’s credit rating and warned that more downgrades were possible.

(etc. – and now the investment funds that may be holding that debt will probably have to dump it because its now called, “junk” along with the mega-interest rates and fees that Greece is paying on it regardless, and the credit default swaps will all be paid out to the bondholders and hedge funds, the investment firms and inside players at 100% on the dollar from whoever is holding those – it is obscene.)

“This is a signal to the markets that the situation is deteriorating rapidly, and it’s not clear who’s in a position to stop the Greeks from going into a default situation,” said Edward Yardeni, president of Yardeni Research. “That creates a spillover effect into Portugal and Spain and raises the whole sovereign debt issue.”

( . . . )

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/04/28/business/global/28drachma.html?src=me&ref=business

***

My Note – there is no Wall Street reform that is going to fix this. Something else is required to fix this, probably taking all the money from the Wall Street players and freezing their accounts to teach them the meaning of the term – ZERO. Al Capone had to be taught the meaning of the word Zero and so should it be explained to them. Freeze their accounts, their company accounts and their personal accounts – stop the process by which they have gained at the expense of the funds they stole from every individual across the US and in every country it has affected.

Those funds did not belong to them. They weren’t playing with their own money. They probably borrowed the $7 million dollars to pay for the credit default swap bought from RBS which required the depositors, investors and citizens of the United Kingdom and the United States to pay out $840 million (and no telling how much more on the same deal to other players involved. – John Paulson made $1 Billion dollars on the deal – how did he come up with that much money on it? Whose life savings was that he put in his pocket? How many children’s educations did he divert to put those profits into his own bank account? Did he ever do anything to earn it or did he do no more than find a sophisticated way to convert other people’s money into his own?)

– cricketdiane note, 04-28-10

***

Paulson a major behind-the-scenes player in Goldman Sachs case …

Apr 18, 2010 … John Paulson made $3.7 billion in 2007, $2 billion in 2008. He made $2.3 billion last year to . . .

news.muckety.com/2010/04/18/paulson-a-major…in…/25651

***

John A. Paulson

Gender: Male
John A. Paulson lives and/or works in
New York, NY.
Muckety news stories featuring John A. Paulson
So far, Mr. Potter is winning
George Bailey’s desperate efforts to avoid the collapse of Bailey’s Savings & Loan have a special resonance this Christmas.
December 20, 2009

John A. Paulson current relationships:

92nd Street Y – director
Center for Responsible Lending – contributor
Forbes billionaires list – ranked # 45 in 2010
OneWest Bank Group LLC – investor
Paulson & Company – president
Spence School – trustee

John A. Paulson past relationships:

2008 Rudy Giuliani presidential campaign – contributor
Alpha magazine list of top hedge fund earners, 2007 – No. 1
Alpha magazine list of top hedge fund earners, 2008 – No. 2
Bear Stearns Companies Inc. – managing director
Gruss Partners – mergers arbitrager

<!–

Click. Work. Collect.

–>

Muckety map information sources include:
Alpha Magazine
Muckety draws information from thousands of sources. For a list of primary government and news sites, see our Sources page.

<!–

Comments and suggestions:

If you’re providing information or a photograph about John A. Paulson that you would like us to include in the Muckety database, please cite the source.

–>

John A. Paulson campaign contributions:
(Donations of $3,000 or more during 2007-2008 cycle)
Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee – $25,000 on 12/7/2007
McCain Victory 2008 – $85,700 on 5/15/2008

http://www.muckety.com/John-A-Paulson/81605.muckety

So far, Mr. Potter is winning

By Laurie Bennett

December 20, 2009 at 12:30pm


George Bailey’s desperate efforts to avoid the collapse of Bailey’s Savings & Loan have a special resonance this Christmas.

The number of U.S. bank failures in 2009 has reached 140, the highest number in 17 years. Many experts, including FDIC Chair Sheila Bair, predict that the number will increase next year.

While the FDIC risks losing millions on each failure, investors with cash reserves are seizing opportunities.

The most recent batch of takeovers involved some prominent names: billionaires J. Christopher Flowers, John Paulson and George Soros, Texas banker D. Andrew Beal and Steven T. Mnuchin, head of Dune Capital Management.

( . . . )

Flowers, Paulson and Soros invested with Mnuchin in OneWest Bank, which bought IndyMac bank earlier this year. Last week, the firm bought the failed First Federal Bank of California.

http://news.muckety.com/2009/12/20/so-far-mr-potter-is-winning/23181?tpLink

My Note –

So, Mr. Paulson was a managing director at Bear Stearns –

Bear Stearns Companies Inc. – managing director

and now owns IndyMac bank – and First Federal Bank of California

Here is a little more of an overall look at the bigger picture –

  • Candidates follow the money – to hedge fund billionaires – April 23, 2008
  • WaMu seized by federal regulators, sold to JPMorgan Chase – September 26, 2008
  • Citigroup to buy Wachovia’s banking assets – September 29, 2008
  • Feds help a family business – Great Southern Bancorp – December 11, 2009
  • Mortgage crisis helped John Paulson reap $3.7 billion – April 17, 2008
  • Top hedge funders make a big comeback – April 1, 2010
  • Bank of America’s Ken Lewis battles for job – April 28, 2009
  • Math whiz James Simons scores top spot on Alpha’s list – March 26, 2009

http://news.muckety.com/2009/12/20/so-far-mr-potter-is-winning/23181?tpLink

Financial firms foresaw bust; regulators and ratings agencies didn’t

April 26, 2010 at 6:51am
Who knew? Well, it turns out that Goldman Sachs knew. Magnetar knew. John Paulson knew. Michael Burry knew.
http://www.muckety.com/John-A-Paulson/81605.muckety
Muckety map link above – the news article above that is from the muckety site

http://news.muckety.com/2010/04/26/financial-firms-foresaw-bust-regulators-and-ratings-agencies-didnt/25781
Muckety Map showing relationship and players in Paulson company -( above)
http://www.muckety.com/Paulson-Company/5028166.muckety

Paulson & Company

muckety map – see this page and roll over names below map

Paulson & Company

People related to Paulson & Company:

Christopher A. Bodak – CFO & VP
Rufus P. Coes – COO
Alan Greenspan – advisory board member
Andrew Hoine – SVP & research director
John A. Paulson – president
Michael D. Waldorf – SVP

Other current Paulson & Company relationships:

Managed Funds Association – member

Paulson & Company past relationships:

ABACUS 2007-AC1 – helped determine portfolio
American Continental Group – lobby firm
Capitol Counsel LLC – lobby firm
Paolo Pellegrini – hedge-fund manager

<!–

–>

Muckety map information sources include:
U.S. Senate Office of Public Records

***

SEC vs. Goldman Sachs & Fabrice Tourre
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. PAC
Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC
Goldman Sachs Asset Management
Goldman Sachs Bank USA
Goldman Sachs Capital Partners
Goldman Sachs Europe Limited
Goldman Sachs Group Inc.
Goldman Sachs Hedge Fund Strategies LLC
Goldman Sachs International
Goldman Sachs Japan
Goldman Sachs Foundation
http://www.muckety.com/Query?name=goldman+sachs&prev=Laura+Schwartz&Search.x=46&Search.y=9&Search=search***
***
Friday, April 24, 2009

Finance

A record number of hedge funds liquidated in 2008

Philadelphia Business Journal – by Gregg Barr Special to the Business Journal

Read more: A record number of hedge funds liquidated in 2008 – Philadelphia Business Journal:

Hedge fund industry consolidation continued through the end of 2008, with a record number of hedge funds liquidating in the fourth quarter, according to a study from Hedge Fund Research Inc. released in March.

During the fourth quarter, investors withdrew a record amount of just over $150 billion from hedge funds, and 778 funds liquidated during the period, more than doubling the previous quarterly record of 344, set in the third quarter.

The total number of liquidations in 2008 was 1,471, an increase of more than 70 percent from the previous record of 848 liquidations in 2005.

Other data from the Chicago firm’s year-end report:

  • Despite substantial transition across the brokerage industry, the top three prime brokerage firms continue to control more than 62 percent of industry capital;
  • More than 275 funds of hedge funds were liquidated in 2008, also a record;
  • On a net basis, the total number of hedge funds declined by about 8 percent in 2008, to 9,284.
Read more: A record number of hedge funds liquidated in 2008 – Philadelphia Business Journal:
( from )

http://philadelphia.bizjournals.com/philadelphia/stories/2009/04/27/focus5.html***

In most jurisdictions hedge funds are open only to a limited range of professional or wealthy investors who meet certain criteria set by regulators but, in exchange, hedge funds are exempt from many regulations that govern ordinary investment funds. The regulations thus exempted typically include restrictions on short selling, the use of derivatives and leverage, fee structures, and on the liquidity of interests in the fund. Light regulation and performance fees are the distinguishing characteristics of hedge funds.

The net asset value of a hedge fund can run into many billions of dollars, and the gross assets of the fund will usually be higher still due to leverage. Hedge funds dominate certain specialty markets such as trading within derivatives with high-yield ratings and distressed debt.[1]

( . . . )

Estimates of industry size vary widely due to the lack of central statistics, the lack of a single definition of hedge funds and the rapid growth of the industry. As a general indicator of scale, the industry may have managed around $2.5 trillion at its peak in the summer of 2008.[2] The credit crunch has caused assets under management (AUM) to fall sharply through a combination of trading losses and the withdrawal of assets from funds by investors.[3] Recent estimates find that hedge funds have more than $2 trillion in AUM.[4]
The business models of most hedge fund managers provide for the management fee to cover the operating costs of the manager, leaving the performance fee for employee bonuses. However, in large funds, the management fees may form a significant part of the manager’s profit.[6] Management fees associated with hedge funds have been under much scrutiny, with several large public pension funds, notably CalPERS, calling on managers to reduce fees.
However, the range is wide with highly regarded managers charging higher fees. For example Steven Cohen‘s SAC Capital Partners charges a 35-50% performance fee,[10] while Jim Simons‘ Medallion Fund charged a 45% performance fee.
Performance fees have been criticized by many people, including notable investor Warren Buffett, who believe that, by allowing managers to take a share of profit but providing no mechanism for them to share losses, performance fees give managers an incentive to take excessive risk rather than targeting high long-term returns.
( . . . )
The mechanism does not provide complete protection to investors: A manager who has lost a significant percentage of the fund’s value may close the fund and start again with a clean slate, rather than continue working for no performance fee until the loss has been made good.[12] This tactic is dependent on the manager’s ability to persuade investors to trust him or her with their money in the new fund.
(etc.)
Leverage – in addition to money invested into the fund by investors, a hedge fund will typically borrow money or trade on margin, with certain funds borrowing sums many times greater than the initial investment. If a hedge fund has borrowed $9 for every $1 received from investors, a loss of only 10% of the value of the investments of the hedge fund will wipe out 100% of the value of the investor’s stake in the fund, once the creditors have called in their loans. In September 1998, shortly before its collapse, Long-Term Capital Management had $125 billion of assets on a base of $4 billion of investors’ money, a leverage of over 30 times. It also had off-balance sheet positions with a notional value of approximately $1 trillion.[13]
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_fund
(also)
Lack of transparency – hedge funds are private entities with few public disclosure requirements. It can therefore be difficult for an investor to assess trading strategies, diversification of the portfolio, and other factors relevant to an investment decision.
Lack of regulation – hedge fund managers are, in some jurisdictions, not subject to as much oversight from financial regulators as regulated funds, and therefore some may carry undisclosed structural risks.

**

Investigators name companies doing business with Iran

April 23, 2010 at 9:43am

Federal investigators have identified 41 foreign companies helping Iran to develop its energy capacity.

**

Hedge fund structure

A hedge fund is a vehicle for holding and investing the money of its investors. The fund itself has no employees and no assets other than its investment portfolio and cash. The portfolio is managed by the investment manager, which is the actual business and has employees.

As well as the investment manager, the functions of a hedge fund are delegated to a number of other service providers. The most common service providers are:

Prime broker – prime brokerage services include lending money, acting as counterparty to derivative contracts, lending securities for the purpose of short selling, trade execution, clearing and settlement. Many prime brokers also provide custody services. Prime brokers are typically parts of large investment banks.
Administrator – the administrator typically deals with the issue and redemption of interests and shares, calculates the net asset value of the fund, and performs related back office functions. In some funds, particularly in the U.S., some of these functions are performed by the investment manager, a practice that gives rise to a potential conflict of interest inherent in having the investment manager both determine the NAV and benefit from its increase through performance fees. Outside of the U.S., regulations often require this role to be taken by a third party.
Distributor – the distributor is responsible for marketing the fund to potential investors. Frequently, this role is taken by the investment manager.

[edit] Domicile

The legal structure of a specific hedge fund – in particular its domicile and the type of legal entity used – is usually determined by the tax environment of the fund’s expected investors. Regulatory considerations will also play a role. Many hedge funds are established in offshore financial centres so that the fund can avoid paying tax on the increase in the value of its portfolio. An investor will still pay tax on any profit it makes when it realizes its investment, and the investment manager, usually based in a major financial centre, will pay tax on the fees that it receives for managing the fund.

Around 60% of the number of hedge funds in 2009 were registered in offshore locations. The Cayman Islands was the most popular registration location and accounted for 39% of the number of global hedge funds. It was followed by Delaware (US) 27%, British Virgin Islands 7% and Bermuda 5%. Around 5% of global hedge funds are registered in the EU, primarily in Ireland and Luxembourg. [14]

Investment manager locations

In contrast to the funds themselves, investment managers are primarily located onshore in order to draw on the major pools of financial talent and to be close to investors. With the bulk of hedge fund investment coming from the U.S. East coast – principally New York City and the Gold Coast area of Connecticut – this has become the leading location for hedge fund managers. It was estimated there were 7,000 investment managers in the United States in 2004.[15]

London is Europe’s leading centre for hedge fund managers, with three-quarters of European hedge fund investments, about $400 billion, at the end of 2009. Asia, and more particularly China, is taking on a more important role as a source of funds for the global hedge fund industry. The UK and the U.S. are leading locations for management of Asian hedge funds’ assets with around a quarter of the total each.[16]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_fund

Although hedge funds are investment companies, they have avoided the typical regulations for investment companies because of exceptions in the laws. The two major exemptions are set forth in Sections 3(c)1 and 3(c)7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Those exemptions are for funds with 100 or fewer investors (a “3(c) 1 Fund”) and funds where the investors are “qualified purchasers” (a “3(c) 7 Fund”).[19] A qualified purchaser is an individual with over US$5,000,000 in investment assets. (Some institutional investors also qualify as accredited investors or qualified purchasers.)[20] A 3(c)1 Fund cannot have more than 100 investors, while a 3(c)7 Fund can have an unlimited number of investors. The Securities Act of 1933 disclosure requirements apply only if the company seeks funds from the general public, and the quarterly reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are only required if the fund has more than 499 investors.[21] A 3(c)7 fund with more than 499 investors must register its securities with the SEC.[22]

In order to comply with 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7), hedge funds raise capital via private placement under the Securities Act of 1933, and normally the shares sold do not have to be registered under Regulation D. Although it is possible to have non-accredited investors in a hedge fund,[citation needed] the exemptions under the Investment Company Act, combined with the restrictions contained in Regulation D, effectively require hedge funds to be offered solely to accredited investors.[23] An accredited investor is an individual person with a minimum net worth of $1,000,000 or, alternatively, a minimum income of US$200,000 in each of the last two years and a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year. For banks and corporate entities, the minimum net worth is $5,000,000 in invested assets.[23]

In December 2004, the SEC issued a rule change that required most hedge fund advisers to register with the SEC by February 1, 2006, as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act.[25] The requirement, with minor exceptions, applied to firms managing in excess of US$25,000,000 with over 14 investors. The SEC stated that it was adopting a “risk-based approach” to monitoring hedge funds as part of its evolving regulatory regimen for the burgeoning industry.[26] The new rule was controversial, with two commissioners dissenting.[27] The rule change was challenged in court by a hedge fund manager, and, in June 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia overturned it and sent it back to the agency to be reviewed. See Goldstein v. SEC. In response to the court decision, in 2007 the SEC adopted Rule 206(4)-8. Rule 206(4)-8, unlike the earlier challenged rule, “does not impose additional filing, reporting or disclosure obligations” but does potentially increase “the risk of enforcement action” for negligent or fraudulent activity.[28]

In February 2007, the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets rejected further regulation of hedge funds and said that the industry should instead follow voluntary guidelines.[29][30][31] In November 2009 the House Financial Services Committee passed a bill that would allow states to oversee hedge funds and other investment advisors with $100m or less in assets under management, leaving larger investment managers up to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Because the SEC currently regulates advisers with $25m or more under management, the bill would shift 43% of these companies, or roughly 710, back over to state oversight[32]

Comparison to private equity funds

Hedge funds are similar to private equity funds in many respects. Both are lightly regulated, private pools of capital that invest in securities and compensate their managers with a share of the fund’s profits. Most hedge funds invest in relatively liquid assets, and permit investors to enter or leave the fund, perhaps requiring some months notice. Private equity funds invest primarily in very illiquid assets such as early-stage companies and so investors are “locked in” for the entire term of the fund. Hedge funds often invest in private equity companies’ acquisition funds.

Between 2004 and February 2006, some hedge funds adopted 25-month lock-up rules expressly to exempt themselves from the SEC’s new registration requirements and cause them to fall under the registration exemption that had been intended to exempt private equity funds.

(from wikipedia hedge funds entry)

***

Systemic risk

Hedge funds came under heightened scrutiny as a result of the failure of Long-Term Capital Management (LTCM) in 1998, which necessitated a bailout coordinated (but not financed) by the U.S. Federal Reserve. Critics have charged that hedge funds pose systemic risks highlighted by the LTCM disaster. The excessive leverage (through derivatives) that can be used by hedge funds to achieve their return[36] is outlined as one of the main factors of the hedge funds’ contribution to systemic risk.

The ECB (European Central Bank) issued a warning in June 2006 on hedge fund risk for financial stability and systemic risk: “… the increasingly similar positioning of individual hedge funds within broad hedge fund investment strategies is another major risk for financial stability, which warrants close monitoring despite the essential lack of any possible remedies. Some believe that broad hedge fund investment strategies have also become increasingly correlated, thereby further increasing the potential adverse effects of disorderly exits from crowded trades.”[37][38] However the ECB statement has been disputed by parts of the financial industry.[39]

The potential for systemic risk was highlighted by the near-collapse of two Bear Stearns hedge funds in June 2007.[40] The funds invested in mortgage-backed securities. The funds’ financial problems necessitated an infusion of cash into one of the funds from Bear Stearns but no outside assistance. It was the largest fund bailout since Long Term Capital Management’s collapse in 1998. The U.S. Securities and Exchange commission is investigating.[41]

However, hedge funds played almost no role in the vastly greater 2008 banking crisis. (interesting opinion statement in the wikipedia entry but not true – check the news from the hearings in the Congress and in the media at the time, my note)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_fund

***

Paulson, the founder and president of the hedge fund Paulson & Company, made $3.7 billion in 2007, according to an annual listing of the 50 most highly paid hedge fund managers.

The list compiled by Institutional Investor’s Alpha Magazine was previewed on the magazine’s website yesterday.

Paulson acquired his money by betting against the subprime mortgage market, using a complicated system that increased his earnings as the value of financial instruments bundling the mortgages dropped.

In other words, as the world got poorer, Paulson got richer.

He was by no means alone.

The list of top managers shows four other billion-dollar earners.

George Soros, of Soros Fund Management, made $2.9 billion last year, followed closely by the 2006 leader, James H. Simons of Renaissance Technologies at $2.8 billion.

Philip Falcone of Harbinger Capital Partners earned $1.7 billion and Kenneth Griffin of Citadel Investment Group came away with $1.5 billion.

(etc.)

The Wall Street Journal wrote in January that Paulson had told friends he was going to increase his charitable giving to help those in need.

In October 2007, he donated $15 million to the Center for Responsible Lending. That money was to help families about to lose their mortgages.

( . . . )

By the end of last year (2007), the firm had $28 billion in assets, an increase in $22 billion from the previous year, the Times reported.

In 1994, Paulson started Paulson & Co. with $2 million.

http://news.muckety.com/2008/04/17/mortgage-crisis-helped-john-paulson-reap-37-billion/2212?rLink

Mortgage crisis helped John Paulson reap $3.7 billion

By A. James Memmott

April 17, 2008 at 9:48am
(the article above – check the date – 2008 and then listen to the Senate hearings that were held today)
***
0.000000 0.000000

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

Banks and the proprietary trading that is an unfair conflict of interest, destabilizing, and is absolutely a form of insider trading

30 Saturday Jan 2010

Posted by CricketDiane in Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips

≈ 2 Comments

Tags

banking, Basel committee, cricketdiane, Davos, financial institutions, financial regulation and reform, Financial Stability Board, financial stability forum, G20, hedge funds, international accounting standards board, International Concerns, proprietary trading, Wall Street

My Note –

The lambda calculus entry belonged to another document. My apologies.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lambda_calculus

^^^

pr_100122.pdf

The FSB
Financial Stability Board

Press release

Press enquiries:
Basel +41 76 350 8430

Press.service@bis.org

Ref no: 05/2010
22 January 2010

FSB – Financial Stability Forum – Financial Stability Board 2010

**

FSB welcomes US proposals for reducing moral hazard risks

The proposals announced by the US yesterday are amongst the range of options and approaches under consideration by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) in its work to address the moral hazard risks posed by too-big-to-fail (TBTF) institutions.

This work, which began last fall, will result in recommendations to G20 Leaders in October 2010. The FSB will publish and interim report on this work shortly after the June G20 Summit.

Several other options for addressing the TBTF problem are being considered by the FSB. These include: targeted capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements; improved supervisory approaches;  simplification of firm structures; strengthened national and cross-border resolution frameworks; and changes to financial infrastructure that reduce contagion risks.

A mix of approaches will be necessary to address the TBTF (too big to fail) problem, given the different types of institutions and national and cross-border contexts involved. At the same time, these approaches must preserve an integrated financial services market and not create regulatory arbitrage through an uneven playing field.

Work on the individual options is being carried out by the FSB’s Standing Committee on Supervisory and Regulatory Cooperation and by its Working Group on Cross-border Crisis Management, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems, and by IOSCO.

Notes to editors –

The FSB has been established to coordinate at the international level the work of national financial authorities and international standard setting bodies (SSBs) and to develop and promote the implementation of effective regulatory, supervisory and other financial sector policies. It brings together national authorities responsible for financial stability in significant international financial centres, international financial institutions, sector-specific international groupings of regulators and supervisors, and committees of central bank experts.

The FSB is chaired by Mario Draghi, Governor of the Bank of Italy. Its Secretariat is located in Basel, Switzerland, and hosted by the Bank for International Settlements.

For further information on the FSB, visit
http://www.financialstabilityboard.org/

(Found Here)

http://www.financialstabilityboard.org/press/pr_100122.pdf

***

IOSCO
International Organization of Securities Commissions

http://www.iosco.org/

26/01/10 IOSCO publishes Quarterly Update – January 2010

22/01/10 IOSCO Completes Global Framework to Fight against Cross-Border Market Abuse

08/01/10 Joint Forum Release of Review of the Differentiated Nature and Scope of Financial Regulation

11/01/10 Joint Forum (IOSCO, BCBS and IAIS) publishes Report on Review of the Differentiated Nature and Scope of Financial Regulation – Key Issues and Recommendations

**

Monitoring Board of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation

At the meeting of the Trustees of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation IASCF) in New Delhi, India, on 15 and 16 January 2009 the decision was made to enhance the organisation’s public accountability by establishing a link to a Monitoring Board of public authorities.

The members of the Monitoring Board are, at this moment, the Emerging Markets and Technical Committees of the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO), Financial Services Agency of Japan (JFSA), and US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision participates in the Monitoring Board as an observer. Through the Monitoring Board, securities regulators that allow or require the use of IFRS in their jurisdictions will be able to more effectively carry out their mandates regarding investor protection, market integrity, and capital formation.

The Monitoring Board’s main responsibilities are to ensure that the Trustees continue to discharge their duties as defined by the IASC Foundation Constitution, as well as approving the appointment or reappointment of Trustees. It is envisaged that the Monitoring Board will meet the Trustees at least once a year, or more often if appropriate.

http://www.iosco.org/monitoring_board/

***

***

GerritZalmG20followup.pdf
http://www.iosco.org/monitoring_board/pdf/GerritZalmG20followup.pdf

April 2009

International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation
London Address
First Floor, 30 Cannon Street, London EC4M 6XH, United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0)20 7246-6410, Fax: +44 (0)20 7246-6411
Email: iasb@iasb.org
Web: www.iasb.org

9 April 2009

The Honourable Hans Hoogervorst
Vice Chairman, Technical Committee
IOSCO
C/Oquendo 12
28006 Madrid
SPAIN

Dear Hans

The Trustees greatly appreciated the opportunity to meet with you and the other members of the Monitoring Board last week. We look forward to meeting again with the Monitoring Board on 8 July in Amsterdam. I am writing to you, as Chairman of the Monitoring Board, to describe the IASC Foundation/IASB’s response to the G20 recommendations that were issued the day following our meeting in London and to the recent decisions taken by the US Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).

The Trustees and the IASB are committed to taking action on each of the items recommended by the G20 by the end of 2009, the target date suggested by the G20, in order to ensure globally consistent and appropriate responses to the crisis. I am attaching a matrix that describes how the IASC Foundation Trustees or the IASB is responding to each of the G20 points.

The g20 called on the IASB and the FASB ‘to reduce the complexity of accounting standards for financial instruments’. This is consistent with our discussions of last week, where both the Monitoring Board and Trustees supported the IASB’s desire to prioritise the comprehensive project rather than making further piecemeal adjustments. This project should result in a proposal being published within six months. This comprehensive view will include the issue of loan-loss provisioning, an issue highlighted by the G20.

You are also aware that at the time of our meeting the FASB was still deliberating on proposed amendments on fair value measurement and impairment of debt securities. On 2 April, the FASB reached tentative conclusions and plans to publish a final document. Clearly the FASB’s decisions raise questions in the minds of some regarding ‘level playing fields’. The IASB understands the strong desire, voiced by many, for consistency between IFRSs and US GAAP on areas related to the financial crisis. EU Finance Ministers emphasised this point in a statement on 4 April.

Initial reports regarding new or additional divergences between IFRSs and US GAAP being created by these FASB Staff Positions (FSPs) appear to be overstated. FASB’s objectives and approach on the application of fair value when a market is not active are broadly similar to those in IFRSs. Meanwhile, the concept of other-than-temporary impairments in US GAAP does not exist in IFRSs. Because IFRSs and US GAAP have multiple and different impairment models that relate to different financial asset types in different ways, efforts to align IFRS and US GAAP impairment models could entail significant and complex change.

Recognising the urgency of the current situation, the IASB has agreed to decide at its 20 – 24 April meeting as to whether, in the light of FASB’s actions, further guidance on the application of fair value in inactive markets and impairment of debt securities is needed in IFRSs. In doing so, the IASB will take into account comments received from a shortened 30-day consultation process and input received from the Financial Crisis Advisory Group and the Standards Advisory Council. We have issued a press release covering the IASB’s response to the FSPs and attach a copy for your information.

The IASB, my fellow Trustees and I understand the unprecedented circumstances facing economic markets and policymakers. We are committed to acting in an urgent and responsible manner. Broad international adoption of IFRSs, combined with the actions described above, means that the IASB is working urgently to ensure a globally consistent response on financial reporting issues. The Trustees believe that the steps being undertaken by the IASB are appropriate. We look forward to the Monitoring Board’s continued support for the IASB’s efforts and the organisation’s independence.

Yours sincerely

Gerrit Zalm
Chairman of the Trustees

Attachments
cc:

The Honourable Guillermo Larrain, IOSCO Emerging Markets Committee
The Honourable Charles McCreevy, Commissioner, European Commission
The Honourable Takafumi Sato, Commissioner, Japan Financial Services Agency
The Honourable Mary Schapiro, Chairman, US Securities and Exchange Commission
The Honourable A H E M Wellink, Chairman, Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

**

(The International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation is a not-for-profit corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, United States of America), Registered Office: 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, USA

http://www.iosco.org/monitoring_board/pdf/GerritZalmG20followup.pdf

***

IOSCO
International Organization of Securities Commissions

US GAAP –

In the U.S., generally accepted accounting principles, commonly abbreviated as US GAAP or simply GAAP, are accounting rules used to prepare, present, and report financial statements for a wide variety of entities, including publicly-traded and privately-held companies, non-profit organizations, and governments. Generally GAAP includes local applicable Accounting Framework, related accounting law, rules and Accounting Standard.

Similar to many other countries practicing under the common law system, the United States government does not directly set accounting standards, in the belief that the private sector has better knowledge and resources. US GAAP is not written in law, although the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires that it be followed in financial reporting by publicly-traded companies. Currently, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is the highest authority in establishing generally accepted accounting principles for public and private companies, as well as non-profit entities. For local and state governments, GAAP is determined by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB), which operates under a set of assumptions, principles, and constraints, different from those of standard private-sector GAAP. Financial reporting in federal government entities is regulated by the Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board (FASAB).

The US GAAP provisions differ somewhat from International Financial Reporting Standards, though former SEC Chairman Chris Cox set out a timetable for all U.S. companies to drop GAAP by 2016, with the largest companies switching to IFRS as early as 2009.[1]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Generally_Accepted_Accounting_Principles_%28United_States%29

(and)

Financial Accounting Standards Board Website (FASB) — United States

**

IFRS –

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are Standards,[1] Interpretations and the Framework[2][3] adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Many of the standards forming part of IFRS are known by the older name of International Accounting Standards (IAS). IAS were issued between 1973 and 2001 by the Board of the International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC). On 1 April 2001, the new IASB took over from the IASC the responsibility for setting International Accounting Standards. During its first meeting the new Board adopted existing IAS and SICs. The IASB has continued to develop standards calling the new standards IFRS.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Financial_Reporting_Standards

AICPA | www.IFRS.com – International Financial Reporting Standards …

Developed by the American Institute of CPAs, IFRS.com provides comprehensive resources for accounting professionals, auditors, financial managers and other …

FAQs – Training – GAAP and IFRS, Still Differences – Publications

www.ifrs.com/

***

http://www.iosco.org/monitoring_board/pdf/GerritZalmG20followup.pdf

The Joint Forum has released its report, Review of the Differentiated Nature and Scope of Financial Regulation – Key Issues and Recommendations. This review was requested by the G20 through the Financial Stability Board. The report analyses key issues arising from the differentiated nature of financial regulation in the international banking, securities, and insurance sectors.

It also addresses gaps arising from the scope of regulation as it relates to different financial activities, with a particular focus on certain unregulated or lightly regulated entities or activities. The objectives of the review were to identify potential areas where systemic risks may not be fully captured in the current regulatory framework and to make recommendations on needed improvements to strengthen regulation of the financial system.

(Expanded – Press Release- found here – )
http://www.iosco.org/news/pdf/IOSCONEWS175.pdf

IOSCONEWS175.pdf

THE JOINT FORUM BASEL COMMITTEE ON BANKING SUPERVISION INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION OF SECURITIES COMMISSIONS INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF INSURANCE SUPERVISORS C/O BANK FOR INTERNA T IONAL SET T LEMENTS CH- 4 0 0 2 BAS EL , SWI T ZERL AND Centralbahnplatz 2  CH-4002 Basel  Switzerland  Tel: +41 61 280 8080  Fax: +41 61 280 9100  email@bis.org 1/2
Press release

Press enquiries: +41 61 280 8188
press.service@bis.org
www.bis.org
8 January 2010
Joint Forum release of Review of the Differentiated Nature and Scope of Financial Regulation

***

http://www.facebook.com/CNNQuest#/CNNQuest?v=info

Plot Outline:
This group is your chance to get behind the scenes of Richard Quest’s new business show on CNN International QUEST MEANS BUSINESS (Monday to Friday – 7pm BST/8p CET). Get a preview of what we are planning, talk with those of us involved with the show, and let us know what you think about the result.

QUEST MEANS BUSINESS is the definitive word on how we earn and spend our money. Monday to Friday, host Richard Quest, will preside over a cast of experts and correspondents to deliver unrivalled facts, figures and analysis from the business world – a nightly wealth check. It is the Program of Record on which chief executives come to justify results and the handling of their company.

The show will destroy the myth that business is boring, bridging the gap between hard economics and entertaining television. The ethos is inspiration, exploring the power of money and celebrating the entrepreneurial spirit.

Richard Quest’s new business show on CNN International Quest Means Business: Monday to Friday, 1900 BST. This group is THE place on Facebook to get a look behind the scenes of the show – find out what is planned, and talk with the staff.

CNN International

«CNN Homepage
* » Quest Means Business

January 29, 2010
Lost luggage and spilt sewage behind scenes at Davos
Posted: 1935 GMT

[ . . . ]

I’m not sure exactly how much rethinking, redesigning and rebuilding was done at Davos this year, but I would certainly endorse its value as a spectacle.

Posted by: CNN Digital Producer, Paul Armstrong
Filed under: Davos

January 28, 2010
Davos day two
Posted: 1846 GMT

Davos, Switzerland (CNN) – Day two of the World Economic Forum in Davos and the issues being talked about in the hallways are truly global. The number one talking point remains the need for new regulation and the new definition of capitalism. Bankers continue their fight against harsh new regulations – Bob Diamond told CNN, “I think it’s really important that the U.S. tries to integrate as closely as they can with the G-20 initiatives, particularly around capital, around leverage and around liquidity.” While John Mack of Morgan Stanley bemoaned the fact there wasn’t a proper forum for government and banks to come together to sort out a solution.

(etc.)

Ms. Nooyi did have one caution to offer – she reminded me that some of the issues had been on the Davos agenda over many years. It was time to deal with them and move on. Quite.

Tune in to CNN International each evening at 1900 GMT (or your local time) to watch Richard Quest on ‘Quest Means Business’.

For more information on Davos please visit www.cnn.com/davos

Filed under: Business • Davos

And the runners are off…
Posted: 1156 GMT

Davos, Switzerland (CNN) – The runners are off… Davos has begun. The agenda is clear: how to do things differently in the future, especially when it comes to the banks.

The discussion has been galvanized by U.S. President Barack Obama’s proposals to split the big Wall Street firms and ban proprietary trading. Stephen Green, chairman of HSBC, told me reform of the banks is needed but cautions against doing it in haste. And he doesn’t like Obama’s proposals for banning prop trading by banks, which he says is unworkable.

[ . . . ]

Tune in to CNN International each evening at 1900 GMT (or your local time) to watch Richard Quest on ‘Quest Means Business’.

For more information on Davos please visit http://www.cnn.com/davos

Posted by: Richard Quest
Filed under: Business • Davos

January 26, 2010
Rebuild, Redesign, Rethink
Posted: 1527 GMT

Davos, Switzerland (CNN) – The fire is out. It is time to build the new house. That is the underlying theme of Davos 2010, or more elegantly expressed in Davosian-speak as Rebuild, Redesign and Rethink. The founder of Davos Klaus Schwab defines these three Rs as rethinking values, redesigning financial systems and rebuilding institutions.

Of course this is much easier said than done. Last year few sat around and hesitated over preventing financial Armageddon. Now there are plenty of arguments about what should come next. Lots of these different agendas will be up for debate at the World Economic Forum.

Klaus Schwab admitted in his interview with me, “everybody will try to push his own interests.” I guess there is nothing wrong with that. However, to build something that will withstand the next financial hurricane, it is essential that it has strength and depth. Everyone needs to guard against weak plans simply because they are acceptable to all. That is not rebuilding, redesigning and rethinking; it is a recipe for ruin.

Tune in to CNN International each evening at 1900 GMT (or your local time) to watch Richard Quest on ‘Quest Means Business’.

For more information on Davos please visit www.cnn.com/davos

Posted by: Richard Quest
Filed under: Business • Davos

The UK Q4 GDP figures announced this morning were a shocker. However, the British economy scraped its way from recession in Q4 by its dirty finger nails. The median forecast of a 0.4 percent gain in GDP by the majority of renowned economists were rubbished and the official figure of 0.1 percent increase is a massive set back.

I wondered why Lord Mandelson was so guarded about the recovery, reiterating that it was so brittle. The services sector underperformed. It expanded by just 0.1 percent and not the 0.5 or 0.6 percent rise suggested by the business surveys.

With household incomes under pressure, credit in short supply and a major fiscal squeeze looming, the path to a full recovery is going to be a long and tortuous.

( . . . )

Going forward, this recovery may well be achieved with high unemployment. Last month’s retail sales rise of 0.3 percent was disappointing. Going forward we’re all skint with taxation likely to increase and with less disposable income finding its way to the shopping malls.  Retail is so important!

[etc.]

Posted by: David Buik, Market Analyst with BGC Partners
Filed under: Banking • Business

Quest Means Business is the definitive word on how we earn and spend our money. Monday to Friday, 1900 London, 2000 CET, 0300 HK, host Richard Quest presides over a cast of experts and correspondents to deliver unrivaled facts, figures and analysis from the business world.

JobQuest introduces you to real people looking for jobs. Follow their progress on the road to recovery every Tuesday on Quest Means Business.
If you are searching for work and would like to take part in JobQuest, e-mail quest@cnn.com

Jargon buster gives clear and concise definititions of baffling terms often used in business.
Contact us

* Facebook Fan page
* Email: Quest@CNN.com
* Twitter: @richardquest
* Skype: Questmeansbusiness
* AIM: QuestMeansBiz

subscribe RSS Icon
twitter
@richardquest: New Blog Entry: “Lost luggage and spilt sewage behind scenes at Davos” – http://tinyurl.com/yjhro3m
Updated: Fri, 29 Jan 2010 19:36:00 +0000
@richardquest: New Blog Entry: “Davos day two” – http://tinyurl.com/yaxw7o7
Updated: Fri, 29 Jan 2010 14:49:01 +0000
@richardquest: is your recesssion over ? i am doing a web chat at 10am EST 1600 CET http://bit.ly/9bfOsO
Updated: Fri, 29 Jan 2010 14:22:22 +0000
@richardquest: New Blog Entry: “Is your recession over? Join CNN’s live chat today at 1500 GMT” – http://tinyurl.com/yb92hk5
Updated: Fri, 29 Jan 2010 12:53:44 +0000
@richardquest: it would take me months to get into see them in their home countries and companies. here – they are EVERYWHERE….
Updated: Fri, 29 Jan 2010 12:15:17 +0000
Recent Posts

* Lost luggage and spilt sewage behind scenes at Davos
* Davos day two
* And the runners are off…
* Social media changing world – at what cost?
* Rebuild, Redesign, Rethink
* What can the snowman teach us at Davos?
* Davos for beginners
* Let’s face it: We’re all skint!
* Celebrating our first year …
* Are you going to Davos?

http://questmeansbusiness.blogs.cnn.com/

***

***

http://www.number10.gov.uk/

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KsetKROO4DU&feature=youtube_gdata

number10, Downing Street, UK – official video clip site
Number10.gov.uk logo
The official site of the Prime Minister’s Office

Thursday 28 January 2010
Afghanistan Conference – PM’s opening remarks

London Conference family photograph; PA copyrightThe Prime Minister has delivered his opening remarks to the Afghanistan Conference in London on 28 January 2010.
Read the transcript

Overall international aid to Afghanistan in the last financial year was $6.3 billion – making up 45% of Afghan GDP.

International and Afghan forces are weakening the insurgency, applying pressure to its leadership.

http://www.number10.gov.uk/Page22313

***

***

“Welcome to the Tea Party” – ad on CNN – Check what they were saying and when

**

My Note –

On Quest Means Business today, there was a man being interviewed at Davos who was described as responsible for purchasing more ads and media buying than anyone in the world – who was that guy? He said that none of the countries which he named off one after another, were aware of nor expecting the announcement by President Obama about banks not being allowed to continue engaging in proprietary trading and hedge funds. However, that man given airtime on the CNN show, Quest means business lied to all of us and had international coverage without challenge in order to do it.

It just so happened that I had been looking up some of these things for another project that I was doing. When that man was saying that none of these countries’ leaders knew anything about what President Obama was suggesting about stopping banks from gambling with their depositors’ money by socking them into internal hedge funds and proprietary trading – I knew there was no way it could be being accurately portrayed.

So, here are some of the things that were sitting in front of me on my computer when that man was getting to tell the world that the changes being made by Washington in banking reform had caught every world leader off-guard . . .

I found this –
FSB welcomes US proposals for reducing moral hazard risks

The proposals announced by the US yesterday are amongst the range of options and approaches under consideration by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) in its work to address the moral hazard risks posed by too-big-to-fail (TBTF) institutions.

This work, which began last fall, will result in recommendations to G20 Leaders in October 2010. The FSB will publish and interim report on this work shortly after the June G20 Summit.

Several other options for addressing the TBTF problem are being considered by the FSB. These include: targeted capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements; improved supervisory approaches;  simplification of firm structures; strengthened national and cross-border resolution frameworks; and changes to financial infrastructure that reduce contagion risks.
Ref no: 05/2010
22 January 2010

(and this – )
***

IOSCO
International Organization of Securities Commissions

US GAAP –

IFRS –

http://www.iosco.org/monitoring_board/pdf/GerritZalmG20followup.pdf

The Joint Forum has released its report, Review of the Differentiated Nature and Scope of Financial Regulation – Key Issues and Recommendations. This review was requested by the G20 through the Financial Stability Board. The report analyses key issues arising from the differentiated nature of financial regulation in the international banking, securities, and insurance sectors. It also addresses gaps arising from the scope of regulation as it relates to different financial activities, with a particular focus on certain unregulated or lightly regulated entities or activities. The objectives of the review were to identify potential areas where systemic risks may not be fully captured in the current regulatory framework and to make recommendations on needed improvements to strengthen regulation of the financial system.

(Expanded – Press Release- found here – )
http://www.iosco.org/news/pdf/IOSCONEWS175.pdf

(and this – )
The IASB, my fellow Trustees and I understand the unprecedented circumstances facing economic markets and policymakers. We are committed to acting in an urgent and responsible manner. Broad international adoption of IFRSs, combined with the actions described above, means that the IASB is working urgently to ensure a globally consistent response on financial reporting issues. The Trustees believe that the steps being undertaken by the IASB are appropriate. We look forward to the Monitoring Board’s continued support for the IASB’s efforts and the organisation’s independence.

(April 2009 quote from a letter by )

Gerrit Zalm
Chairman of the Trustees

( and the above pdf of his comments has a chart included which shows what was asked by the G20 members and what is being done to resolve the economic regulations and accounting disparities)

The suggestion that banks should not be investing their capital into internal hedge funds and engaging in proprietary trading has been one of the few suggestions that will ensure their failures do not create systemic risk. This suggested policy solution is one of the few upon which durn near every country agrees. No one was taken by surprise by the announcement of it being put into place at the first of this year. That man lied and you gave him an international forum in which to do it such that it looks like CNN fully supported the truth of what he said.

– It just isn’t right . . .

– cricketdiane, 01-30-10

***

http://edition.cnn.com/SPECIALS/2010/davos/

http://questmeansbusiness.blogs.cnn.com/2010/01/29/lost-luggage-and-spilt-sewage-behind-scenes-at-davos/#comment-2119

http://www.facebook.com/CNNQuest#/CNNQuest?v=box_3

***

***
Opening Remarks – World Economic Forum – Davos, Switzerland

President Sarkozy calls for a “new Bretton Woods”

In his opening address at the World Economic Forum Annual Meeting, President Nicolas Sarkozy of France said that it will not be possible to emerge from the global economic crisis and protect against future crises if the economic imbalances that are at the root of the problem are not addressed. “Countries with trade surpluses must consume more and improve the living standards and social protection of their citizens,” he remarked. “Countries with deficits must make an effort to consume a little less and repay their debts.” The world’s currency regime is central to the issue, Sarkozy argued. Exchange rate instability and the under-valuation of certain currencies lead to unfair trade and competition, he said.

http://www.weforum.org/en/index.htm

((
Check against delivery 1/7
PRÉSIDENCE
DE LA
RÉPUBLIQUE
______

SPEECH BY M. NICOLAS SARKOZY
PRESIDENT OF THE FRENCH REPUBLIC

40th World Economic Forum
Davos – Wednesday, January 27, 2010

Ladies and Gentlemen, Heads of State and Government,

Ladies and Gentlemen,

May I begin by thanking Professor Schwab and all the organisational staff for inviting me to give the opening address to this 40th Annual Meeting of the World Economic Forum.

Ladies and Gentlemen, let me make things perfectly clear: as a political leader, I have not come here to teach, but to learn together from the lessons the of the crisis. We are all responsible for the crisis. And we are all responsible for the world we are going to leave to our children.

We all know what would have occurred, without State intervention to maintain confidence and support industry: total collapse. Not to draw the conclusion that we must, therefore, change our ways would be, quite simply, irresponsible.

This crisis is not just a global crisis.

It is not a crisis in globalisation

This crisis is a crisis of globalisation.

It is our vision of the world which, at a given moment, revealed its failings.
That is what we must correct.

There can be no prosperity without an efficient financial system, without the free circulation of goods and services, without situational revenues being called into question by competition.

But finance, free trade and competition are only means, not ends. From the moment we accepted the idea that the market was always right and that no other opposing factors need be taken into account, globalisation skidded out of control.

Let us look at the root of the problem: it was the imbalances in the world economy which fed the growth of global finance. Financial deregulation was introduced in order to be able to service the deficit of those who were consuming too much with the surplus of those who were not consuming enough. The perpetuation and accrual of these imbalances was both the driving force and the consequence of financial globalisation. In just the same way, the instability of financial markets was both the driving force and the consequence of the growth in financial trading.

Globalisation first took the form of globalisation of savings. It gave rise to a world in which everything was given to financial capital and almost nothing to labour, in which the entrepreneur gave way to the speculator, in which those who lived on unearned income left the workers far behind, in which the use of leverage, to an unreasonably disproportionate extent, created a form of capitalism in which taking risks with other people’s money was the norm, allowing quick and easy profits but all too often without creating either prosperity or jobs.

One of the most striking characteristics of this type of economy is that, within it, the present was all that mattered and the future counted for nothing. The steady depreciation of the future could be inferred from the exorbitant demand for high yields in the present. Those yields, inflated by leverage and speculation, were the discount rate applied to future revenues: the higher they rose, the lower the value of the future fell.

The same depreciation of the future could be seen in accounting practices which valued assets at the prices set by a marketplace fluctuating constantly to keep up with the ups and downs in share values. When the markets were on a high, balance sheets were reassessed, and the very same artificially boosted figures would feed a new high. When confidence fell, the balance sheets would suffer as a result and bring share prices down.

During the financial crisis we saw, up close, the damage done by that kind of accounting, when the collapse of the markets led to a collapse in the banks’ capital reserves and further tightened the credit crunch.

Our entire system of representation had been falsified: the economic value of a company does not change from one second to another, nor every minute, nor every hour… To gain a clear idea of just how absurd that kind of accounting can be, we need only think of the fact that, in a market value system, a company in trouble can report a profit simply because its diminished credit rating has reduced the market value of its debts

Our entire system of statistical assessment had been distorted, too.

In the statistics, we noted the increase in revenues.

In life, we saw a widening inequality gap.

In the statistics the standard of living was rising, but meanwhile the number of those feeling ever more keenly the hardships of life was also constantly increasing.

Let us read through the report from the Commission led by Joseph Stiglitz, Amartya Sen and Jean-Paul Fitoussi on the measurement of economic performance and social progress: to ask ourselves questions about how we measure these things is to ask ourselves what our goals are.

Such reflections must not be the exclusive province of experts and statisticians. We have to leave behind the culture of experts who talk only among themselves, each in their own field.

We have to learn to think things through together, to discuss together problems which, whatever their technical specifics, are the concern of all.

We will not be able to change our set ways if we do not change the way we measure and represent things, our criteria. That is not an issue only for the experts. It concerns us all.

We will continue to make our economy run risks greater than it can bear, to encourage speculation and to sacrifice our long-term future, if we do not change the regulation of our banking system and the rules for accounting and prudential oversight. That is not an issue only for the experts. It concerns us
all.

We will never put an end to hunger, poverty and misery in the world if we do not succeed in stabilising the prices of raw materials, which at present are completely erratic. That is not an issueonly for the experts. It concerns us all.
We will not save the future of our planet if we do not pay the true price of scarcity. That is not an issue only for the experts. It concerns us all.

We will not reconcile our citizens to globalisation and to capitalism, if we are not capable of offsetting market forces with counterbalances and corrective measures. That, too, concerns us all.

By discarding all our responsibilities in the marketplace, we have created an economy which has ended up running counter to the values on which it was nominally based, and to its own objectives. By over-mutualising ownership and risk, we have diluted responsibility.

By placing free trade above all else we have weakened Democracy, because citizens expect from Democracy that it should protect them.

By prioritising short-term logic, we have paved the way for our entry into a time of scarcity. We have exhausted non-renewable resources, devastated the environment, caused global warming. Sustainable development cannot be achieved if profits up front and dividends for shareholders are our sole criteria. Through excessive deregulation, we have let dumping and unfair competition set in. We have let globalisation be based on external growth, with everybody trying to grow by taking the businesses, the jobs, the market shares of others, instead of by working harder, investing more, increasing productivity and capacity for innovation.

The globalisation we had dreamed of at the outset was of the kind where, instead of taking from others by means of monetary, social, fiscal or ecological dumping, each of us would found development on social progress, increased purchasing power, reduced inequality, improved standards of living, health and education…

Whether the venue is the ILO, the IMF, the World Bank, the FAO or the G20, at bottom we are always talking about the selfsame thing, seen from different points of view: how can we return the economy to the service of mankind? How can we act to ensure that the economy no longer appears as an end
itself, but as a means to an end? How can we move towards globalisation in which the development of each will assist the development of others? How can we build a more cooperative, less conflictual form of globalisation?

Let us be clear about this: we’re not asking ourselves what we will replace capitalism with, but whatkind of capitalism we want.

The crisis we are experiencing is not a crisis of capitalism. It is a crisis of the denaturing of capitalism – a crisis linked to loss of the values and references that have always been the foundation of capitalism.

Capitalism has always been inseparable from a system of values, a conception of civilisation, an idea of mankind.

Purely financial capitalism is a distortion, and we have seen the risks it involves for the world economy. But anti-capitalism is a dead end that is even worse.

We can only save capitalism by rebuilding it, by restoring its moral dimension. I know that this expression will call forth many questions.

What do we need, in the end, if it is not rules, principles, a governance that reflects shared values, a common morality? We cannot govern the world of the 21st century with the rules and principles of the 20th century. We cannot govern globalisation while relegating half of Humanity to the sidelines, without India, Africa or Latin America.

We cannot look at the post-crisis world in the same way as the world before the crisis.

Each of us must hold the conviction that the world of tomorrow cannot be the same as the world of yesterday.

There are indecent behaviours that will no longer be tolerated by public opinion in any country in the world.

There are excessive profits that will no longer be accepted because they are without common measure to the capacity to create wealth and jobs.

There are remuneration packages that will no longer be tolerated because they bear no relationship to merit. That those who create jobs and wealth may earn a lot of money is not shocking. But that those who contribute to destroying jobs and wealth also earn a lot of money is morally indefensible.
In the future, there will be a much greater demand for income to better reflect social utility and merit.

There will a much greater demand for justice.

There will be a much greater demand for protection.

And no-one can escape this. Either we change of our own accord, or change will be imposed on us by economic, social and political crises.

Either we are capable of responding to the demand for protection, justice and fairness through cooperation, regulation and governance, or we will have isolation and protectionism.

The G20 foreshadows the planetary governance of the 21st century. It symbolises the return of politics whose legitimacy was denied by unregulated globalisation.

In just one year, we have seen a genuine revolution in mentalities. For the first time in history, the Heads of State and government of the world’s 20 largest economic powers decided together on the measures that must be taken to combat a world crisis. They committed themselves, together, to
adopting common rules that will radically change the way the world economy operates.

Without the G20, trust could not have been restored.

Without the G20, we would have had the triumph of  every man for himself.

Without the G20, it would not have been possible to envisage regulating bonuses, closing down tax havens and changing the rules of accounting and prudential standards.

These decisions will not solve every problem, but just one year ago, would anyone have thought they were possible?

Now, however, they must be implemented

I would like to seize the opportunity to say this: the signs of recovery that seem to herald the end of the global recession should not encourage us to be less daring; rather, we must be even bolder. If we do nothing to change world governance, nothing to regulate the economy, if we do not reform our
systems of social protection, pensions, education and research, if we do not clean up our public finances, if we do not stringently prosecute the war against tax fraud, if we do not invest to prepare for the future, this recovery will be only a respite. The same causes will produce the same effects. Look at
the new bubbles that are already starting to form. Here, we cannot be certain that the States will still have the means to guarantee trust.

And how can we hope that people will continue to trust the word of States if the commitments made are not kept? If the absolutely crucial debate on accounting standards gets bogged down, if the private agencies to which we have delegated regulatory power deliberately flout the mandate given them by Heads of State and government, and we let them get away with it, what will be left of the credibility of the G20 and the prospect of world governance?

If competition is skewed by prudential rules that remain very different from one country to another, from one continent to another, whereas we had decided to implement the opposite; if we cannot coordinate our efforts, if we cannot even come to an understanding around a common definition of
capital when we had promised to do so – how can we be surprised that so many players consider it normal to return to the habits they had before the crisis?

How can we conceive that in a competitive world, we can insist that European banks have three times more capital to cover the risks of their market activities, without demanding the same of American or Asian banks?

How can we accept the obligation for banks to retain in their balance sheets a portion of their securitised loans if this obligation is not included in the regulation of G20 member countries, given that the principle was adopted by unanimous agreement?

If we devise standards that do not draw the lessons of the crisis and that lead long-term investors to scale down their equity portfolios, then we must not be surprised that market prices become even more unstable and that a large number of companies find themselves even more threatened by speculative
pressure.

Failing to do what we decided would be an economic error, a political error, a moral error. Giving in to unilateralism, to  every man for himself , would also be an economic, political and moral error.

We must build our common future on the gains of multilateralism, on the gains of the G20, on the gains of Copenhagen.

Basically, we all know very well what we have to do together.

We must do away with a system without rules that drags everyone down and replace it with rules that draw everyone up.

But what is the point of agreeing on the rules if they are not applied?

This doesn’t mean having the same labour legislation everywhere.

It doesn’t mean imposing on poor countries the same standards as the rich countries. But how can we accept that some 50 Member States of the ILO have not yet ratified the eight conventions defining the fundamental rights of labour? And how can we ensure these conventions are respected?

In Copenhagen, quantified commitments on climate change were made by all the big countries. How can we ensure these commitments are respected without a World Environment Organisation to monitor their implementation? How can we not see that the possibility of adopting a carbon tax at borders against environmental dumping would, without any doubt, constitute a strong incentive to respect the common rule?

The crucial advance would be to put environment law, labour law and health law on the same footing as the law of trade. This revolution in world regulation would imply that specialised institutions can intervene in international – and notably commercial – disputes through prejudicial questions to be decided before an action can be brought. As I said before the General Meeting of the ILO in June last
year: the international community cannot continue to be schizophrenic by disowning at the WTO or the IMF what it decided at the ILO or the WHO, what it proclaimed in Copenhagen. Establishment of such prejudicial jurisdiction would put an end to this schizophrenia.

But how can we conceive of implementing these social and environmental standards without helping the poor countries to achieve the capacity to respect them?

How can we demand such a huge effort from them, given their many difficulties, if we do not support them in their efforts?

The question of innovative financing is central. We cannot avoid the debate on a tax on speculation. Whether we wish to restrain the frenzy of the financial markets, finance development aid or bring the poor countries into the fight against climate change, it all comes back to taxing financial transactions. Taxing the exorbitant profits of finance to combat poverty: who cannot see how such a decision – even if I am well aware of the complexity of implementing it – would contribute to putting us on the path of a moralisation of financial capitalism? I support without reservation the commitment of Gordon Brown, who was one of the first to defend this idea.

The other question we can no longer avoid is that of the role banks must play in the economy. The banker’s job is not to speculate, it is to analyse credit risk, assess the capacity of borrowers to repay their loans and finance growth of the economy. If financial capitalism went so wrong, it was, first and foremost, because many banks were no longer doing their job. Why take the risk of lending to entrepreneurs when it is so easy to earn money by speculating on the markets? Why lend only to those who can repay the loan when it is so easy to shift the risks off the balance sheet? President Obama is right when he says that banks must be dissuaded from engaging in proprietary speculation or financing speculative funds. But this debate cannot be confined to a single country, whatever its weight in global finance. This debate must be settled within the G20.

But I also wanted to say that it will not be possible to emerge from the crisis and protect ourselves against future crises, if we perpetuate the imbalances that are the root of the problem. Countries with trade surpluses must consume more and improve the living standards and social protection of their citizens. Countries with deficits must make an effort to consume a little less and repay their debts. Currency is central to these imbalances. It is the principal instrument of the policies that perpetuate them. We cannot put finance and the economy back in order if we allow the disorder of currencies to persist. Exchange rate instability and the under-valuation of certain currencies militate against fair trade and honest competition. Employment and purchasing power constitute the adjustment variablefor correcting monetary manipulations. The prosperity of the post-war era owed a great deal to Bretton Woods, to its rules and its institutions.

Today, we need a new Bretton Woods. We cannot have, on the one hand, a multipolar world and, on the other, a single benchmark currency across the globe. We cannot, on the one hand, preach free trade and, on the other, tolerate monetary dumping. France, which will chair the G8 and the G20 in 2011, will place the reform of the international monetary system on the agenda. Until then, we must manage, prudently, the adoption of measures to support activity and the withdrawal of the surplus liquidities injected during the crisis. We must take care to prevent too abrupt a tightening that would result in a global collapse.

So, what remains to be done is to bring into being a new growth model, invent a new linkage between public action and private initiative, invest massively in the technologies of the future that will drive the digital revolution and the ecological revolution. We must now invent the State, the company and the city of the 21st century.
A few years ago, people were predicting the end of nations, the advent of nomadism. But in the crisis, even the most globalised companies and the most global banks rediscovered that they had a nationality.

A few years ago, people were announcing the decline of organisations, the end of companies. We wanted to apply to companies the principles of portfolio management. We are rediscovering the fact that they are, first and foremost, human communities and living organisations. A few years ago, people were predicting that the city would spread, break up, and with it social
cohesion, human relations and community relations. We are rediscovering the need for community, for urban cohesion.

Basically, it looked as if citizenship would dissolve in the global market. But it has found new springsin the ordeal of the crisis. In the world of tomorrow, we must again reckon with citizens.

Citizen is not a separate category, it is each one of us. The company head, the shareholder, the employee, the trade unionist, the non-profit activist, the policy maker – they are all citizens who have responsibilities towards others, towards their country, towards future generations, towards the planet. Yes, in the world of tomorrow, we must again reckon with citizens, with the demands of morality, the demands of responsibility, the demands of dignity for citizens. We must see this not as yet another problem, but as part of the solution; not as an additional difficulty, but as something healthy and
virtuous, that may, perhaps, allow us to feel happier with what we are, happier with what we accomplish.

http://www.weforum.org/pdf/Sarkozy_en.pdf

***

Bretton Woods system
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

The Bretton Woods system of monetary management established the rules for commercial and financial relations among the world’s major industrial states in the mid 20th century. The Bretton Woods system was the first example of a fully negotiated monetary order intended to govern monetary relations among independent nation-states.

Preparing to rebuild the international economic system as World War II was still raging, 730 delegates from all 44 Allied nations gathered at the Mount Washington Hotel in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, United States, for the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference. The delegates deliberated upon and signed the Bretton Woods Agreements during the first three weeks of July 1944.

Setting up a system of rules, institutions, and procedures to regulate the international monetary system, the planners at Bretton Woods established the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), which today is part of the World Bank Group. These organizations became operational in 1945 after a sufficient number of countries had ratified the agreement.

The chief features of the Bretton Woods system were an obligation for each country to adopt a monetary policy that maintained the exchange rate of its currency within a fixed value—plus or minus one percent—in terms of gold and the ability of the IMF to bridge temporary imbalances of payments. Then, on August 15, 1971 the United States unilaterally terminated convertibility of the dollar to gold. This action created the situation whereby the United States dollar became the sole backing of currencies and a reserve currency for the member states. In the face of increasing financial strain, the system collapsed in 1971.
Contents

* 1 Origins
o 1.1 Great Depression
+ 1.1.1 The idea of economic security
+ 1.1.2 Rise of governmental intervention
+ 1.1.3 Atlantic Charter
+ 1.1.4 Wartime devastation of Europe and East Asia
* 2 Design
o 2.1 Informal
+ 2.1.1 Previous regimes
+ 2.1.2 Fixed exchange rates
o 2.2 Formal regimes
+ 2.2.1 International Monetary Fund
# 2.2.1.1 Designing the IMF
# 2.2.1.2 Subscriptions and quotas
# 2.2.1.3 Financing trade deficits
# 2.2.1.4 Changing the par value
# 2.2.1.5 IMF operations
+ 2.2.2 International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
* 3 Readjustment
o 3.1 Dollar shortages and the Marshall Plan
o 3.2 Cold War
* 4 Late Bretton Woods System
o 4.1 U.S. balance of payments crisis
o 4.2 Structural changes underpinning the decline of international monetary management
+ 4.2.1 Return to convertibility
+ 4.2.2 Growth of international currency markets
+ 4.2.3 Decline
# 4.2.3.1 U.S. monetary influence
# 4.2.3.2 Dollar
o 4.3 Paralysis of international monetary management
+ 4.3.1 Floating-rate Bretton Woods system 1968–1972
+ 4.3.2 Nixon Shock
+ 4.3.3 Smithsonian Agreement
* 5 Bretton Woods II
* 6 Academic legacy
* 7 Pegged rates
o 7.1 Japanese yen
o 7.2 Deutsche Mark
o 7.3 Pound sterling
o 7.4 French franc
o 7.5 Italian lira
o 7.6 Spanish peseta
o 7.7 Dutch gulden
o 7.8 Belgian franc
o 7.9 Greek drachma
o 7.10 Swiss franc
o 7.11 Danish krone
o 7.12 Finnish markka
* 8 See also
* 9 Notes
* 10 References
* 11 Further reading
* 12 External links

Origins

The political basis for the Bretton Woods system was in the confluence of several key conditions: the shared experiences of the Great Depression, the concentration of power in a small number of states (further enhanced by the exclusion of a number of important nations because of the war), and the presence of a dominant power willing and able to assume a leadership role in global monetary affairs.
Great Depression

A high level of agreement among the powerful on the goals and means of international economic management facilitated the decisions reached by the Bretton Woods Conference. Its foundation was based on a shared belief in capitalism. Although the developed countries’ governments differed in the type of capitalism they preferred for their national economies (France, for example, preferred greater planning and state intervention, whereas the United States favored relatively limited state intervention), all relied primarily on market mechanisms and on private ownership.

Thus, it is their similarities rather than their differences that appear most striking. All the participating governments at Bretton Woods agreed that the monetary chaos of the interwar period had yielded several valuable lessons.

The experience of the Great Depression was fresh on the minds of public officials. The planners at Bretton Woods hoped to avoid a repeat of the debacle of the 1930s, when intransigent American insistence as a creditor nation on the repayment of Allied war debts, combined with an inclination to isolationism, led to a breakdown of the international financial system and a worldwide economic depression.[1] The  beggar thy neighbor  policies of 1930s governments—using currency devaluations to increase the competitiveness of a country’s export products to reduce balance of payments deficits—worsened national deflationary spirals, which resulted in plummeting national incomes, shrinking demand, mass unemployment, and an overall decline in world trade. Trade in the 1930s became largely restricted to currency blocs (groups of nations that use an equivalent currency, such as the  Sterling Area  of the British Empire). These blocs retarded the international flow of capital and foreign investment opportunities. Although this strategy tended to increase government revenues in the short run, it dramatically worsened the situation in the medium and longer run.

Thus, for the international economy, planners at Bretton Woods all favored a regulated system, one that relied on a regulated market with tight controls on the value of currencies. Although they disagreed on the specific implementation of this system, all agreed on the need for tight controls.


The idea of economic security

Cordell Hull

Also based on experience of inter-war years, U.S. planners developed a concept of economic security—that a liberal international economic system would enhance the possibilities of postwar peace. One of those who saw such a security link was Cordell Hull, the United States Secretary of State from 1933 to 1944.[Notes 1] Hull believed that the fundamental causes of the two world wars lay in economic discrimination and trade warfare. Specifically, he had in mind the trade and exchange controls (bilateral arrangements) [2] of Nazi Germany and the imperial preference system practiced by Britain, by which members or former members of the British Empire were accorded special trade status, itself provoked by German, French, and American protectionist policies. Hull argued

[U]nhampered trade dovetailed with peace; high tariffs, trade barriers, and unfair economic competition, with war…if we could get a freer flow of trade…freer in the sense of fewer discriminations and obstructions…so that one country would not be deadly jealous of another and the living standards of all countries might rise, thereby eliminating the economic dissatisfaction that breeds war, we might have a reasonable chance of lasting peace.
—[3]

Rise of governmental intervention

The developed countries also agreed that the liberal international economic system required governmental intervention. In the aftermath of the Great Depression, public management of the economy had emerged as a primary activity of governments in the developed states. Employment, stability, and growth were now important subjects of public policy. In turn, the role of government in the national economy had become associated with the assumption by the state of the responsibility for assuring of its citizens a degree of economic well-being. The welfare state grew out of the Great Depression, which created a popular demand for governmental intervention in the economy, and out of the theoretical contributions of the Keynesian school of economics, which asserted the need for governmental intervention to maintain an adequate level of employment.

However, increased government intervention in domestic economy brought with it isolationist sentiment that had a profoundly negative effect on international economics. The priority of national goals, independent national action in the interwar period, and the failure to perceive that those national goals could not be realized without some form of international collaboration—which resulted in “beggar-thy-neighbor” policies such as high tariffs, competitive devaluations that contributed to the breakdown of the gold-based international monetary system, domestic political instability, and international war. The lesson learned was, as the principal architect of the Bretton Woods system New Dealer Harry Dexter White put it:

the absence of a high degree of economic collaboration among the leading nations will…inevitably result in economic warfare that will be but the prelude and instigator of military warfare on an even vaster scale.
—[Notes 2]

To ensure economic stability and political peace, states agreed to cooperate to closely regulate the production of their individual currencies to maintain fixed exchange rates between countries with the aim of more easily facilitating international trade. This was the foundation of the U.S. vision of postwar world free trade, which also involved lowering tariffs and among other things maintaining a balance of trade via fixed exchange rates that would be favorable to the capitalist system.

Thus, the more developed market economies agreed with the U.S. vision of post-war international economic management, which was to be designed to create and maintain an effective international monetary system and foster the reduction of barriers to trade and capital flows. In a sense, the new international monetary system was in fact a return to a system similar to the pre-war gold standard, only using US dollars as the world’s new reserve currency until the world’s gold supply could be reallocated via international trade. Thus, the new system would be devoid (initially) of governments meddling with their currency supply as they had during the years of economic turmoil preceding WWII. Instead, governments would closely police the production of their currencies and ensure that they would not artificially manipulate their price levels. If anything, Bretton Woods was in fact a return to a time devoid of increased governmental intervention in economies and currency systems.
Atlantic Charter
Roosevelt and Churchill during their secret meeting of August 9 – 12, 1941, in Newfoundland that resulted in the Atlantic Charter, which the U.S. and Britain officially announced two days later.

The Atlantic Charter, drafted during U.S. President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s August 1941 meeting with British Prime Minister Winston Churchill on a ship in the North Atlantic, was the most notable precursor to the Bretton Woods Conference. Like Woodrow Wilson before him, whose  Fourteen Points  had outlined U.S. aims in the aftermath of the First World War, Roosevelt set forth a range of ambitious goals for the postwar world even before the U.S. had entered the Second World War. The Atlantic Charter affirmed the right of all nations to equal access to trade and raw materials. Moreover, the charter called for freedom of the seas (a principal U.S. foreign policy aim since France and Britain had first threatened U.S. shipping in the 1790s), the disarmament of aggressors, and the  establishment of a wider and permanent system of general security.

As the war drew to a close, the Bretton Woods conference was the culmination of some two and a half years of planning for postwar reconstruction by the Treasuries of the U.S. and the UK. U.S. representatives studied with their British counterparts the reconstitution of what had been lacking between the two world wars: a system of international payments that would allow trade to be conducted without fear of sudden currency depreciation or wild fluctuations in exchange rates—ailments that had nearly paralyzed world capitalism during the Great Depression.

Without a strong European market for U.S. goods and services, most policymakers believed, the U.S. economy would be unable to sustain the prosperity it had achieved during the war. In addition, U.S. unions had only grudgingly accepted government-imposed restraints on their demand during the war, but they were willing to wait no longer, particularly as inflation cut into the existing wage scales with painful force. (By the end of 1945, there had already been major strikes in the automobile, electrical, and steel industries.)

In early 1945 Bernard Baruch described the spirit of Bretton Woods as: if we can  stop subsidization of labor and sweated competition in the export markets,  as well as prevent rebuilding of war machines,  oh boy, oh boy, what long term prosperity we will have. [4] The United States [c]ould therefore use its position of influence to reopen and control the [rules of the] world economy, so as to give unhindered access to all nations’ markets and materials.
Wartime devastation of Europe and East Asia

Besides that, U.S. allies—economically exhausted by the war—accepted this leadership. They needed U.S. assistance to rebuild their domestic production and to finance their international trade; indeed, they needed it to survive.

Before the war, the French and the British were realizing that they could no longer compete with U.S. industry in an open marketplace. During the 1930s, the British had created their own economic bloc to shut out U.S. goods. Churchill did not believe that he could surrender that protection after the war, so he watered down the Atlantic Charter’s  free access  clause before agreeing to it.

Yet, the U.S. officials were determined to open their access to the British empire. The combined value of British and U.S. trade was well over half of all the world’s trade in goods. For the U.S. to open global markets, it first had to split the British (trade) empire. While Britain had economically dominated the 19th century, the U.S. officials intended the second half of the 20th to be under U.S. hegemony[Notes 3]

According to one commentator,

One of the reasons Bretton Woods worked was that the US was clearly the most powerful country at the table and so ultimately was able to impose its will on the others, including an often-dismayed Britain. At the time, one senior official at the Bank of England described the deal reached at Bretton Woods as “the greatest blow to Britain next to the war”, largely because it underlined the way in which financial power had moved from the UK to the US.
—Business Spectator[5]

A devastated Britain had little choice. Two world wars had destroyed the country’s principal industries that paid for the importation of half the nation’s food and nearly all its raw materials except coal. The British had no choice but to ask for aid. Not until the United States signed an agreement on December 6, 1945 to grant Britain aid of $4.4 billion did the British Parliament ratify the Bretton Woods Agreements (which occurred later in December 1945).[6]

For nearly two centuries, French and U.S. interests had clashed in both the Old World and the New World. During the war, French mistrust of the United States was embodied by General Charles de Gaulle, president of the French provisional government. De Gaulle bitterly fought U.S. officials as he tried to maintain his country’s colonies and diplomatic freedom of action. In turn, U.S. officials saw de Gaulle as a political extremist.

But in 1945 de Gaulle—at that point the leading voice of French nationalism—was forced to grudgingly ask the U.S. for a billion-dollar loan. Most of the request was granted; in return France promised to curtail government subsidies and currency manipulation that had given its exporters advantages in the world market.

On a far more profound level, as the Bretton Woods conference was convening, the greater part of the Third World remained politically and economically subordinate. Linked to the developed countries of the West economically and politically—formally and informally—these states had little choice but to acquiesce in the international economic system established for them. In the East, Soviet hegemony in Eastern Europe provided the foundation for a separate international economic system.
Design

Free trade relied on the free convertibility of currencies. Negotiators at the Bretton Woods conference, fresh from what they perceived as a disastrous experience with floating rates in the 1930s, concluded that major monetary fluctuations could stall the free flow of trade.

The liberal economic system required an accepted vehicle for investment, trade, and payments. Unlike national economies, however, the international economy lacks a central government that can issue currency and manage its use. In the past this problem had been solved through the gold standard, but the architects of Bretton Woods did not consider this option feasible for the postwar political economy. Instead, they set up a system of fixed exchange rates managed by a series of newly created international institutions using the U.S. dollar (which was a gold standard currency for central banks) as a reserve currency.
Informal
Previous regimes

In the 19th and early 20th centuries gold played a key role in international monetary transactions. The gold standard was used to back currencies; the international value of currency was determined by its fixed relationship to gold; gold was used to settle international accounts. The gold standard maintained fixed exchange rates that were seen as desirable because they reduced the risk of trading with other countries.

Imbalances in international trade were theoretically rectified automatically by the gold standard. A country with a deficit would have depleted gold reserves and would thus have to reduce its money supply. The resulting fall in demand would reduce imports and the lowering of prices would boost exports; thus the deficit would be rectified. Any country experiencing inflation would lose gold and therefore would have a decrease in the amount of money available to spend. This decrease in the amount of money would act to reduce the inflationary pressure. Supplementing the use of gold in this period was the British pound. Based on the dominant British economy, the pound became a reserve, transaction, and intervention currency. But the pound was not up to the challenge of serving as the primary world currency, given the weakness of the British economy after the Second World War.

The architects of Bretton Woods had conceived of a system wherein exchange rate stability was a prime goal. Yet, in an era of more activist economic policy, governments did not seriously consider permanently fixed rates on the model of the classical gold standard of the nineteenth century. Gold production was not even sufficient to meet the demands of growing international trade and investment. And a sizeable share of the world’s known gold reserves were located in the Soviet Union, which would later emerge as a Cold War rival to the United States and Western Europe.

The only currency strong enough to meet the rising demands for international liquidity was the U.S. dollar. The strength of the U.S. economy, the fixed relationship of the dollar to gold ($35 an ounce), and the commitment of the U.S. government to convert dollars into gold at that price made the dollar as good as gold. In fact, the dollar was even better than gold: it earned interest and it was more flexible than gold.
Fixed exchange rates

The Bretton Woods system sought to secure the advantages of the gold standard without its disadvantages. Thus, a compromise was sought between the polar alternatives of either freely floating or irrevocably fixed rates—an arrangement that might gain the advantages of both without suffering the disadvantages of either while retaining the right to revise currency values on occasion as circumstances warranted.

The rules of Bretton Woods, set forth in the articles of agreement of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), provided for a system of fixed exchange rates. The rules further sought to encourage an open system by committing members to the convertibility of their respective currencies into other currencies and to free trade.

What emerged was the  pegged rate  currency regime. Members were required to establish a parity of their national currencies in terms of gold (a  peg ) and to maintain exchange rates within plus or minus 1% of parity (a  band ) by intervening in their foreign exchange markets (that is, buying or selling foreign money).

In theory the reserve currency would be the bancor, suggested by John Maynard Keynes; however, the United States objected and their request was granted, making the  reserve currency  the U.S. dollar. This meant that other countries would peg their currencies to the U.S. dollar, and—once convertibility was restored—would buy and sell U.S. dollars to keep market exchange rates within plus or minus 1% of parity. Thus, the U.S. dollar took over the role that gold had played under the gold standard in the international financial system. (Rogue Nation, 2003, Clyde Prestowitz)

Meanwhile, to bolster faith in the dollar, the U.S. agreed separately to link the dollar to gold at the rate of $35 per ounce of gold. At this rate, foreign governments and central banks were able to exchange dollars for gold. Bretton Woods established a system of payments based on the dollar, in which all currencies were defined in relation to the dollar, itself convertible into gold, and above all,  as good as gold . The U.S. currency was now effectively the world currency, the standard to which every other currency was pegged. As the world’s key currency, most international transactions were denominated in US dollars.

The U.S. dollar was the currency with the most purchasing power and it was the only currency that was backed by gold. Additionally, all European nations that had been involved in World War II were highly in debt and transferred large amounts of gold into the United States, a fact that contributed to the supremacy of the United States. Thus, the U.S. dollar was strongly appreciated in the rest of the world and therefore became the key currency of the Bretton Woods system.

Member countries could only change their par value with IMF approval, which was contingent on IMF determination that its balance of payments was in a  fundamental disequilibrium .
Formal regimes

The Bretton Woods Conference led to the establishment of the IMF and the IBRD (now the World Bank), which still remain powerful forces in the world economy.

As mentioned, a major point of common ground at the Conference was the goal to avoid a recurrence of the closed markets and economic warfare that had characterized the 1930s. Thus, negotiators at Bretton Woods also agreed that there was a need for an institutional forum for international cooperation on monetary matters. Already in 1944 the British economist John Maynard Keynes emphasized  the importance of rule-based regimes to stabilize business expectations —something he accepted in the Bretton Woods system of fixed exchange rates. Currency troubles in the interwar years, it was felt, had been greatly exacerbated by the absence of any established procedure or machinery for intergovernmental consultation.

As a result of the establishment of agreed upon structures and rules of international economic interaction, conflict over economic issues was minimized, and the significance of the economic aspect of international relations seemed to recede.
International Monetary Fund
Main article: International Monetary Fund

Officially established on December 27, 1945, when the 29 participating countries at the conference of Bretton Woods signed its Articles of Agreement, the IMF was to be the keeper of the rules and the main instrument of public international management. The Fund commenced its financial operations on March 1, 1947. IMF approval was necessary for any change in exchange rates in excess of 10%. It advised countries on policies affecting the monetary system.
Designing the IMF

The big question at the Bretton Woods conference with respect to the institution that would emerge as the IMF was the issue of future access to international liquidity and whether that source should be akin to a world central bank able to create new reserves at will or a more limited borrowing mechanism.
John Maynard Keynes (right) and Harry Dexter White at the inaugural meeting of the International Monetary Fund’s Board of Governors in Savannah, Georgia, U.S., March 8, 1946

Although attended by 44 nations, discussions at the conference were dominated by two rival plans developed by the United States and Britain. As the chief international economist at the U.S. Treasury in 1942–44, Harry Dexter White drafted the U.S. blueprint for international access to liquidity, which competed with the plan drafted for the British Treasury by Keynes. Overall, White’s scheme tended to favor incentives designed to create price stability within the world’s economies, while Keynes’ wanted a system that encouraged economic growth.

At the time, gaps between the White and Keynes plans seemed enormous. Outlining the difficulty of creating a system that every nation could accept in his speech at the closing plenary session of the Bretton Woods conference on July 22, 1944, Keynes stated:

We, the delegates of this Conference, Mr. President, have been trying to accomplish something very difficult to accomplish.[…] It has been our task to find a common measure, a common standard, a common rule acceptable to each and not irksome to any.
—[Notes 4]

Keynes’ proposals would have established a world reserve currency (which he thought might be called  bancor ) administered by a central bank vested with the possibility of creating money and with the authority to take actions on a much larger scale (understandable considering deflationary problems in Britain at the time).

In case of balance of payments imbalances, Keynes recommended that both debtors and creditors should change their policies. As outlined by Keynes, countries with payment surpluses should increase their imports from the deficit countries and thereby create a foreign trade equilibrium. Thus, Keynes was sensitive to the problem that placing too much of the burden on the deficit country would be deflationary.

But the United States, as a likely creditor nation, and eager to take on the role of the world’s economic powerhouse, balked at Keynes’ plan and did not pay serious attention to it. The U.S. contingent was too concerned about inflationary pressures in the postwar economy, and White saw an imbalance as a problem only of the deficit country.

Although compromise was reached on some points, because of the overwhelming economic and military power of the United States, the participants at Bretton Woods largely agreed on White’s plan.
Subscriptions and quotas

What emerged largely reflected U.S. preferences: a system of subscriptions and quotas embedded in the IMF, which itself was to be no more than a fixed pool of national currencies and gold subscribed by each country as opposed to a world central bank capable of creating money. The Fund was charged with managing various nations’ trade deficits so that they would not produce currency devaluations that would trigger a decline in imports.

The IMF is provided with a fund, composed of contributions of member countries in gold and their own currencies. The original quotas were to total $8.8 billion. When joining the IMF, members are assigned  quotas  reflecting their relative economic power, and, it is as a sort of credit deposit, were obliged to pay a  subscription of an amount commensurate to the quota. The subscription is to be paid 25% in gold or currency convertible into gold (effectively the dollar, which was the only currency then still directly gold convertible for central banks) and 75% in the member’s own currency.

Quota subscriptions are to form the largest source of money at the IMF’s disposal. The IMF set out to use this money to grant loans to member countries with financial difficulties. Each member is then entitled to withdraw 25% of its quota immediately in case of payment problems. If this sum should be insufficient, each nation in the system is also able to request loans for foreign currency.


Financing trade deficits

In the event of a deficit in the current account, Fund members, when short of reserves, would be able to borrow foreign currency in amounts determined by the size of its quota. In other words, the higher the country’s contribution was, the higher the sum of money it could borrow from the IMF.

Members were required to pay back debts within a period of 18 months to five years. In turn, the IMF embarked on setting up rules and procedures to keep a country from going too deeply into debt year after year. The Fund would exercise  surveillance  over other economies for the U.S. Treasury in return for its loans to prop up national currencies.

IMF loans were not comparable to loans issued by a conventional credit institution. Instead, they were effectively a chance to purchase a foreign currency with gold or the member’s national currency.

The U.S.-backed IMF plan sought to end restrictions on the transfer of goods and services from one country to another, eliminate currency blocs, and lift currency exchange controls.

The IMF was designed to advance credits to countries with balance of payments deficits. Short-run balance of payment difficulties would be overcome by IMF loans, which would facilitate stable currency exchange rates. This flexibility meant a member state would not have to induce a depression to cut its national income down to such a low level that its imports would finally fall within its means. Thus, countries were to be spared the need to resort to the classical medicine of deflating themselves into drastic unemployment when faced with chronic balance of payments deficits. Before the Second World War, European nations—particularly Britain—often resorted to this.
Changing the par value

The IMF sought to provide for occasional discontinuous exchange-rate adjustments (changing a member’s par value) by international agreement. Member nations were permitted first to depreciate (or appreciate in opposite situations) their currencies by 10%. This tended to restore equilibrium in their trade by expanding their exports and contracting imports. This would be allowed only if there was a  fundamental disequilibrium . A decrease in the value of a country’s money was called a  devaluation , while an increase in the value of the country’s money was called a  revaluation .

It was envisioned that these changes in exchange rates would be quite rare. Regrettably, the notion of fundamental disequilibrium, though key to the operation of the par value system, was never spelled out in any detail—an omission that would eventually come back to haunt the regime in later years.


IMF operations

Never before had international monetary cooperation been attempted on a permanent institutional basis. Even more groundbreaking was the decision to allocate voting rights among governments, not on a one-state one-vote basis, but rather in proportion to quotas. Since the United States was contributing the most, U.S. leadership was the key. Under the system of weighted voting, the United States exerted a preponderant influence on the IMF. The United States held one-third of all IMF quotas at the outset, enough on its own to veto all changes to the IMF Charter.

In addition, the IMF was based in Washington, D.C., and staffed mainly by U.S. economists. It regularly exchanged personnel with the U.S. Treasury. When the IMF began operations in 1946, President Harry S. Truman named White as its first U.S. Executive Director. Since no Deputy Managing Director post had yet been created, White served occasionally as Acting Managing Director and generally played a highly influential role during the IMF’s first year.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
Main article: International Bank for Reconstruction and Development

The agreement made no provisions for international creation of reserves. New gold production was assumed to be sufficient. In the event of structural disequilibria, it was expected that there would be national solutions, for example, an adjustment in the value of the currency or an improvement by other means of a country’s competitive position. The IMF was left with few means, however, to encourage such national solutions.

It had been recognized in 1944 that the new system could only commence after a return to normalcy following the disruption of World War II. It was expected that after a brief transition period of no more than five years, the international economy would recover and the system would enter into operation.

To promote the growth of world trade and to finance the postwar reconstruction of Europe, the planners at Bretton Woods created another institution, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), now the most important agency of the World Bank Group. The IBRD had an authorized capitalization of $10 billion and was expected to make loans of its own funds to underwrite private loans and to issue securities to raise new funds to make possible a speedy postwar recovery. The IBRD was to be a specialized agency of the United Nations charged with making loans for economic development purposes.
Readjustment
Dollar shortages and the Marshall Plan

The Bretton Wood arrangements were largely adhered to and ratified by the participating governments. It was expected that national monetary reserves, supplemented with necessary IMF credits, would finance any temporary balance of payments disequilibria. But this did not prove sufficient to get Europe out of its doldrums.

Postwar world capitalism suffered from a huge dollar shortage. The United States was running huge balance of trade surpluses, and the U.S. reserves were immense and growing. It was necessary to reverse this flow. Dollars had to leave the United States and become available for international use. In other words, the United States would have to reverse the natural economic processes and run a balance of payments deficit.

The modest credit facilities of the IMF were clearly insufficient to deal with Western Europe’s huge balance of payments deficits. The problem was further aggravated by the reaffirmation by the IMF Board of Governors in the provision in the Bretton Woods Articles of Agreement that the IMF could make loans only for current account deficits and not for capital and reconstruction purposes.

Only the United States contribution of $570 million was actually available for IBRD lending. In addition, because the only available market for IBRD bonds was the conservative Wall Street banking market, the IBRD was forced to adopt a conservative lending policy, granting loans only when repayment was assured. Given these problems, by 1947 the IMF and the IBRD themselves were admitting that they could not deal with the international monetary system’s economic problems.[7]

The United States set up the European Recovery Program (Marshall Plan) to provide large-scale financial and economic aid for rebuilding Europe largely through grants rather than loans. This included countries belonging to the Soviet block, e.g., Poland. In a speech at Harvard University on June 5, 1947, U.S. Secretary of State George Marshall stated:

The breakdown of the business structure of Europe during the war was complete. …Europe’s requirements for the next three or four years of foreign food and other essential products… principally from the United States… are so much greater than her present ability to pay that she must have substantial help or face economic, social and political deterioration of a very grave character.
—[Notes 5]

From 1947 until 1958, the U.S. deliberately encouraged an outflow of dollars, and, from 1950 on, the United States ran a balance of payments deficit with the intent of providing liquidity for the international economy. Dollars flowed out through various U.S. aid programs: the Truman Doctrine entailing aid to the pro-U.S. Greek and Turkish regimes, which were struggling to suppress communist revolution, aid to various pro-U.S. regimes in the Third World, and most important, the Marshall Plan. From 1948 to 1954 the United States provided 16 Western European countries $17 billion in grants.

To encourage long-term adjustment, the United States promoted European and Japanese trade competitiveness. Policies for economic controls on the defeated former Axis countries were scrapped. Aid to Europe and Japan was designed to rebuild productivity and export capacity. In the long run it was expected that such European and Japanese recovery would benefit the United States by widening markets for U.S. exports, and providing locations for U.S. capital expansion.

In 1956, the World Bank created the International Finance Corporation and in 1960 it created the International Development Association (IDA). Both have been controversial. Critics of the IDA argue that it was designed to head off a broader based system headed by the United Nations, and that the IDA lends without consideration for the effectiveness of the program. Critics also point out that the pressure to keep developing economies  open  has led to their having difficulties obtaining funds through ordinary channels, and a continual cycle of asset buy up by foreign investors and capital flight by locals. Defenders of the IDA pointed to its ability to make large loans for agricultural programs which aided the  Green Revolution  of the 1960s, and its functioning to stabilize and occasionally subsidize Third World governments, particularly in Latin America.

Bretton Woods, then, created a system of triangular trade: the United States would use the convertible financial system to trade at a tremendous profit with developing nations, expanding industry and acquiring raw materials. It would use this surplus to send dollars to Europe, which would then be used to rebuild their economies, and make the United States the market for their products. This would allow the other industrialized nations to purchase products from the Third World, which reinforced the American role as the guarantor of stability. When this triangle became destabilized, Bretton Woods entered a period of crisis that ultimately led to its collapse.

Cold War

In 1945, Roosevelt and Churchill prepared the postwar era by negotiating with Joseph Stalin at Yalta about respective zones of influence; this same year Germany was divided into four occupation zones (Soviet, American, British, and French).
Harry Dexter White succeeded in getting the Soviet Union to participate in the Bretton Woods conference in 1944, but his goal was frustrated when the Soviet Union would not join the IMF. In the past, the reasons why the Soviet Union chose not to subscribe to the articles by December 1945 have been the subject of speculation. But since the release of relevant Soviet archives, it is now clear that the Soviet calculation was based on the behavior of the parties that had actually expressed their assent to the Bretton Woods Agreements. The extended debates about ratification that had taken place both in the UK and the U.S. were read in Moscow as evidence of the quick disintegration of the wartime alliance.

Facing the Soviet Union, whose power had also strengthened and whose territorial influence had expanded, the U.S. assumed the role of leader of the capitalist camp. The rise of the postwar U.S. as the world’s leading industrial, monetary, and military power was rooted in the fact that the mainland U.S. was untouched by the war, in the instability of the national states in postwar Europe, and the wartime devastation of the Soviet and European economies.

Despite the economic effort imposed by such a policy, being at the center of the international market gave the U.S. unprecedented freedom of action in pursuing its foreign affairs goals. A trade surplus made it easier to keep armies abroad and to invest outside the U.S., and because other nations could not sustain foreign deployments, the U.S. had the power to decide why, when and how to intervene in global crises. The dollar continued to function as a compass to guide the health of the world economy, and exporting to the U.S. became the primary economic goal of developing or redeveloping economies. This arrangement came to be referred to as the Pax Americana, in analogy to the Pax Britannica of the late 19th century and the Pax Romana of the first. (See Globalism)

Late Bretton Woods System

U.S. balance of payments crisis

After the end of World War II, the U.S. held $26 billion in gold reserves, of an estimated total of $40 billion (approx 60%). As world trade increased rapidly through the 1950s, the size of the gold base increased by only a few percent.

In 1950, the U.S. balance of payments swung negative. The first U.S. response to the crisis was in the late 1950s when the Eisenhower administration placed import quotas on oil and other restrictions on trade outflows. More drastic measures were proposed, but not acted upon.

However, with a mounting recession that began in 1958, this response alone was not sustainable. In 1960, with Kennedy’s election, a decade-long effort to maintain the Bretton Woods System at the $35/ounce price was begun.

The design of the Bretton Woods System was that nations could only enforce gold convertibility on the anchor currency—the United States’ dollar. Gold convertibility enforcement was not required, but instead, allowed. Nations could forgo converting dollars to gold, and instead hold dollars.

Rather than full convertibility, it provided a fixed price for sales between central banks. However, there was still an open gold market. For the Bretton Woods system to remain workable, it would either have to alter the peg of the dollar to gold, or it would have to maintain the free market price for gold near the $35 per ounce official price. The greater the gap between free market gold prices and central bank gold prices, the greater the temptation to deal with internal economic issues by buying gold at the Bretton Woods price and selling it on the open market.

In 1960 Robert Triffin noticed that holding dollars was more valuable than gold because constant U.S. balance of payments deficits helped to keep the system liquid and fuel economic growth. What would later come to be known as Triffin’s Dilemma was predicted when Triffin noted that if the U.S. failed to keep running deficits the system would lose its liquidity, not be able to keep up with the world’s economic growth, and, thus, bring the system to a halt. But incurring such payment deficits also meant that, over time, the deficits would erode confidence in the dollar as the reserve currency created instability.[8]

The first effort was the creation of the London Gold Pool on November 1 of 1961 between eight nations. The theory behind the pool was that spikes in the free market price of gold, set by the morning gold fix in London, could be controlled by having a pool of gold to sell on the open market, that would then be recovered when the price of gold dropped. Gold’s price spiked in response to events such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, and other smaller events, to as high as $40/ounce. The Kennedy administration drafted a radical change of the tax system to spur more production capacity and thus encourage exports. This culminated with the 1963 tax cut program, designed to maintain the $35 peg.

In 1967, there was an attack on the pound and a run on gold in the sterling area, and on November 18, 1967, the British government was forced to devalue the pound.[9] U.S. President Lyndon Baines Johnson was faced with a brutal choice, either institute protectionist measures, including travel taxes, export subsidies and slashing the budget—or accept the risk of a  run on gold  and the dollar. From Johnson’s perspective:  The world supply of gold is insufficient to make the present system workable—particularly as the use of the dollar as a reserve currency is essential to create the required international liquidity to sustain world trade and growth. [10] He believed that the priorities of the United States were correct, and, although there were internal tensions in the Western alliance, that turning away from open trade would be more costly, economically and politically, than it was worth:  Our role of world leadership in a political and military sense is the only reason for our current embarrassment in an economic sense on the one hand and on the other the correction of the economic embarrassment under present monetary systems will result in an untenable position economically for our allies. [citation needed]

While West Germany agreed not to purchase gold from the U.S., and agreed to hold dollars instead, the pressure on both the dollar and the pound sterling continued. In January 1968 Johnson imposed a series of measures designed to end gold outflow, and to increase U.S. exports. This was unsuccessful, however, as in mid-March 1968 a run on gold ensued, the London Gold Pool was dissolved, and a series of meetings attempted to rescue or reform the existing system.[11] But, as long as the U.S. commitments to foreign deployment continued, particularly to Western Europe, there was little that could be done to maintain the gold peg.[citation needed][original research?]

All attempts to maintain the peg collapsed in November 1968, and a new policy program attempted to convert the Bretton Woods system into an enforcement mechanism of floating the gold peg, which would be set by either fiat policy or by a restriction to honor foreign accounts. The collapse of the gold pool and the refusal of the pool members to trade gold with private entities—on March 18, 1968 the Congress of the United States repealed the 25% requirement of gold backing of the dollar[12]—as well as the US pledge to suspend gold sales to governments that trade in the private markets,[13] led to the expansion of the private markets for international gold trade, in which the price of gold rose much higher than the official dollar price.[14] [15] The US gold reserves continued to be depleted due to the actions of some nations, notably France,[15] who continued to build up their gold reserves.

[edit] Structural changes underpinning the decline of international monetary management
[edit] Return to convertibility

In the 1960s and 70s, important structural changes eventually led to the breakdown of international monetary management. One change was the development of a high level of monetary interdependence. The stage was set for monetary interdependence by the return to convertibility of the Western European currencies at the end of 1958 and of the Japanese yen in 1964. Convertibility facilitated the vast expansion of international financial transactions, which deepened monetary interdependence.

[edit] Growth of international currency markets

Another aspect of the internationalization of banking has been the emergence of international banking consortia. Since 1964 various banks had formed international syndicates, and by 1971 over three quarters of the world’s largest banks had become shareholders in such syndicates. Multinational banks can and do make huge international transfers of capital not only for investment purposes but also for hedging and speculating against exchange rate fluctuations.

These new forms of monetary interdependence made possible huge capital flows. During the Bretton Woods era countries were reluctant to alter exchange rates formally even in cases of structural disequilibria. Because such changes had a direct impact on certain domestic economic groups, they came to be seen as political risks for leaders. As a result official exchange rates often became unrealistic in market terms, providing a virtually risk-free temptation for speculators. They could move from a weak to a strong currency hoping to reap profits when a revaluation occurred. If, however, monetary authorities managed to avoid revaluation, they could return to other currencies with no loss. The combination of risk-free speculation with the availability of huge sums was highly destabilizing.

[edit] Decline
[edit] U.S. monetary influence

A second structural change that undermined monetary management was the decline of U.S. hegemony. The U.S. was no longer the dominant economic power it had been for more than two decades. By the mid-1960s, the E.E.C. and Japan had become international economic powers in their own right. With total reserves exceeding those of the U.S., with higher levels of growth and trade, and with per capita income approaching that of the U.S., Europe and Japan were narrowing the gap between themselves and the United States.

The shift toward a more pluralistic distribution of economic power led to increasing dissatisfaction with the privileged role of the U.S. dollar as the international currency. As in effect the world’s central banker, the U.S., through its deficit, determined the level of international liquidity. In an increasingly interdependent world, U.S. policy greatly influenced economic conditions in Europe and Japan. In addition, as long as other countries were willing to hold dollars, the U.S. could carry out massive foreign expenditures for political purposes—military activities and foreign aid—without the threat of balance-of-payments constraints.

Dissatisfaction with the political implications of the dollar system was increased by détente between the U.S. and the Soviet Union. The Soviet threat had been an important force in cementing the Western capitalist monetary system. The U.S. political and security umbrella helped make American economic domination palatable for Europe and Japan, which had been economically exhausted by the war. As gross domestic production grew in European countries, trade grew. When common security tensions lessened, this loosened the transatlantic dependence on defence concerns, and allowed latent economic tensions to surface.
[edit] Dollar

Reinforcing the relative decline in U.S. power and the dissatisfaction of Europe and Japan with the system was the continuing decline of the dollar—the foundation that had underpinned the post-1945 global trading system. The Vietnam War and the refusal of the administration of U.S. President Lyndon B. Johnson to pay for it and its Great Society programs through taxation resulted in an increased dollar outflow to pay for the military expenditures and rampant inflation, which led to the deterioration of the U.S. balance of trade position.[citation needed] In the late 1960s, the dollar was overvalued with its current trading position, while the Deutsche Mark and the yen were undervalued; and, naturally, the Germans and the Japanese had no desire to revalue and thereby make their exports more expensive, whereas the U.S. sought to maintain its international credibility by avoiding devaluation. Meanwhile, the pressure on government reserves was intensified by the new international currency markets, with their vast pools of speculative capital moving around in search of quick profits.[15]

In contrast, upon the creation of Bretton Woods, with the U.S. producing half of the world’s manufactured goods and holding half its reserves, the twin burdens of international management and the Cold War were possible to meet at first. Throughout the 1950s Washington sustained a balance of payments deficit to finance loans, aid, and troops for allied regimes. But during the 1960s the costs of doing so became less tolerable. By 1970 the U.S. held under 16% of international reserves. Adjustment to these changed realities was impeded by the U.S. commitment to fixed exchange rates and by the U.S. obligation to convert dollars into gold on demand.[citation needed]

[edit] Paralysis of international monetary management
[edit] Floating-rate Bretton Woods system 1968–1972

By 1968, the attempt to defend the dollar at a fixed peg of $35/ounce, the policy of the Eisenhower, Kennedy and Johnson administrations, had become increasingly untenable. Gold outflows from the U.S. accelerated, and despite gaining assurances from Germany and other nations to hold gold, the unbalanced fiscal spending of the Johnson administration had transformed the dollar shortage of the 1940s and 1950s into a dollar glut by the 1960s. In 1967, the IMF agreed in Rio de Janeiro to replace the tranche division set up in 1946. Special Drawing Rights were set as equal to one U.S. dollar, but were not usable for transactions other than between banks and the IMF. Nations were required to accept holding Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) equal to three times their allotment, and interest would be charged, or credited, to each nation based on their SDR holding. The original interest rate was 1.5%.

The intent of the SDR system was to prevent nations from buying pegged gold and selling it at the higher free market price, and give nations a reason to hold dollars by crediting interest, at the same time setting a clear limit to the amount of dollars that could be held. The essential conflict was that the American role as military defender of the capitalist world’s economic system was recognized, but not given a specific monetary value. In effect, other nations  purchased  American defense policy by taking a loss in holding dollars. They were only willing to do this as long as they supported U.S. military policy. Because of the Vietnam War and other unpopular actions, the pro-U.S. consensus began to evaporate. The SDR agreement, in effect, monetized the value of this relationship, but did not create a market for it.

The use of SDRs as paper gold seemed to offer a way to balance the system, turning the IMF, rather than the U.S., into the world’s central banker. The U.S. tightened controls over foreign investment and currency, including mandatory investment controls in 1968. In 1970, U.S. President Richard Nixon lifted import quotas on oil in an attempt to reduce energy costs; instead, however, this exacerbated dollar flight, and created pressure from petro-dollars. Still, the U.S. continued to draw down reserves. In 1971 it had a reserve deficit of $56 billion; as well, it had depleted most of its non-gold reserves and had only 22% gold coverage of foreign reserves. In short, the dollar was tremendously overvalued with respect to gold.
[edit] Nixon Shock
Main article: Nixon Shock

By the early 1970s, as the Vietnam War accelerated inflation, the United States as a whole began running a trade deficit. The crucial turning point was 1970, which saw U.S. gold coverage deteriorate from 55% to 22%. This, in the view of neoclassical economists, represented the point where holders of the dollar had lost faith in the ability of the U.S. to cut budget and trade deficits.

In 1971 more and more dollars were being printed in Washington, then being pumped overseas, to pay for government expenditure on the military and social programs. In the first six months of 1971, assets for $22 billion fled the U.S. In response, on August 15, 1971, Nixon unilaterally imposed 90-day wage and price controls, a 10% import surcharge, and most importantly  closed the gold window , making the dollar inconvertible to gold directly, except on the open market. Unusually, this decision was made without consulting members of the international monetary system or even his own State Department, and was soon dubbed the  Nixon Shock .

The surcharge was dropped in December 1971 as part of a general revaluation of major currencies, which were henceforth allowed 2.25% devaluations from the agreed exchange rate. But even the more flexible official rates could not be defended against the speculators. By March 1976, all the major currencies were floating—in other words, exchange rates were no longer the principal method used by governments to administer monetary policy.
[edit] Smithsonian Agreement
Main article: Smithsonian Agreement

The shock of August 15 was followed by efforts under U.S. leadership to develop a new system of international monetary management. Throughout the fall of 1971, there was a series of multilateral and bilateral negotiations of the Group of Ten seeking to develop a new multilateral monetary system.

On December 17 and 18, 1971, the Group of Ten, meeting in the Smithsonian Institution in Washington, created the Smithsonian Agreement, which devalued the dollar to $38/ounce, with 2.25% trading bands, and attempted to balance the world financial system using SDRs alone. It was criticized at the time, and was by design a  temporary  agreement. It failed to impose discipline on the U.S. government, and with no other credibility mechanism in place, the pressure against the dollar in gold continued.

This resulted in gold becoming a floating asset, and in 1971 it reached $44.20/ounce, in 1972 $70.30/ounce and still climbing. By 1972, currencies began abandoning even this devalued peg against the dollar, though it took a decade for all of the industrialized nations to do so. In February 1973 the Bretton Woods currency exchange markets closed, after a last-gasp devaluation of the dollar to $44/ounce, and reopened in March in a floating currency regime.
[edit] Bretton Woods II
Main article: Bretton Woods II

Dooley, Folkerts-Landau and Garber have referred to the monetary system of today as Bretton Woods II. They argue that today, like 40 years ago, the international system is composed of a core issuing the dominant international currency, and a periphery. The periphery is committed to export-led growth based on the maintenance of an undervalued exchange rate. In the 1960s, the core was the United States and the periphery was Europe and Japan. This old periphery has since ‘graduated’, and the new periphery is Asia. The core remains the same, the United States. The argument is that a system of pegged currencies, in which the periphery export capital to the core that provides a financial intermediary role is both stable and desirable, although this notion is controversial.[16]

This meaning of  Bretton Woods 2  has been somewhat superseded in the wake of the Global financial crisis of 2008, as policymakers and others have called for a new international monetary system that some of them dub Bretton Woods 2. On the other side this crisis has revived the debate about Bretton Woods II.[Notes 6]

The term dollar hegemony is coined by Henry C.K. Liu to describe the hegemonic role of the US dollar in the globalized economy.
On September 26, 2008, French president, Nicolas Sarkozy, said,  we must rethink the financial system from scratch, as at Bretton Woods.”[17]

On September 24-25, 2009 US President Obama hosted the G20 in Pittsburgh at the David L. Lawrence Convention Center. A realignment of currency exchange rates was proposed. This meeting’s policy outcome could be known as the Pittsburgh Agreement of 2009, where deficit nations may devalue their currencies and surplus nations may revalue theirs upward.
[edit] Academic legacy

The collapse of the Bretton Woods system led to the study in economics of credibility as a distinct field, and to the prominence of  open  macroeconomic models, such as the Mundell-Fleming model.[citation needed]
[edit] Pegged rates

Dates shown are those on which the rate was introduced;  *  indicates floating rate supplied by IMF[18]
[edit] Japanese yen
Date     # yens = $1 US
August 1946     15
12 March 1947     50
5 July 1948     270
25 April 1949     360
20 July 1971     308
30 December 1998     115.60*
5 December 2008     92.499*

Note: GDP for 2007 is $4.272 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Deutsche Mark
Date     # marks = $1 US     Note
21 June 1948     3.33
18 September 1949     4.20
6 March 1961     4
29 October 1969     3.67
30 December 1998     1.673*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $2.807 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Pound sterling
Date     # pounds = $1 US
27 December 1945     1/4.03 = 0.25
18 September 1949     1/2.8 = 0.36
17 November 1967     1/2.4 = 0.42
30 December 1998     0.598*
5 December 2008     0.681*

Note: GDP for 2007 is $2.1 trillion US Dollars
[edit] French franc
Date     # francs = $1 US     Note
27 December 1945     119.11     £1 = 480 FRF
26 January 1948     214.39     £1 = 864 FRF
18 October 1948     263.52     £1 = 1062 FRF
27 April 1949     272.21     £1 = 1097 FRF
20 September 1949     350     £1 = 980 FRF
10 August 1957     420     £1 = 1176 FRF
27 December 1958     493.71     1 FRF = 1.8 mg gold
1 January 1960     4.9371     1 new franc = 100 old francs
10 August 1968     5.48     1 new franc = 162 mg gold
31 December 1998     5.627*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $2.075 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Italian lira
Date     # lire = $1 US     Note
4 January 1946     225
26 March 1946     509
7 January 1947     350
28 November 1947     575
18 September 1949     625
31 December 1998     1,654.569*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $1.8 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Spanish peseta
Date     # pesetas = $1 US     Note
17 July 1959     60
20 November 1967     70     Devalued in line with sterling
31 December 1998     142.734*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $1.361 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Dutch gulden
Date     # gulden = $1 US     Note
27 December 1945     2.652
20 September 1949     3.8
7 March 1961     3.62
31 December 1998     1.888*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $0.645 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Belgian franc
Date     # francs = $1 US     Note
27 December 1945     43.77
1946     43.8725
21 September 1949     50
31 December 1998     34.605*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)
Note: GDP for 2007 is $0.376 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Greek drachma
Date     # drachmae = $1 US     Note
1954     30
31 December 1998     281.821*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $0.327 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Swiss franc
Date     # francs = $1 US     Note
27 December 1945     4.30521     £1 = 17.35 CHF
September 1949     4.375     £1 = 12.25 CHF
31 December 1998     1.377*     £1 = 2.289 CHF
5 December 2008     1.211*     £1 = ? CHF

Note: GDP for 2007 is $0.303 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Danish krone
Date     # kroner = $1 US     Note
August 1945     4.8
19 September 1949     6.91     Devalued in line with sterling
21 November 1967     7.5
31 December 1998     6.392*
5 December 2008     5.882*

Note: GDP for 2007 is $0.203 trillion US Dollars
[edit] Finnish markka
Date     # markkaa = $1 US     Note
17 October 1945     136
5 July 1949     160
19 September 1949     230
15 September 1957     320
1 January 1963     3.2     1 new markka = 100 old markkaa
12 October 1967     4.2
30 December 1998     5.084*     Last day of trading; converted to euro (Jan 4 1999)

Note: GDP for 2007 is $0.188 trillion US Dollars
[edit] See also

* List of international trade topics
* Anti-globalization
* General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
* Globalization
* Gold as an investment
* Globalization and Health

* Foreign exchange reserves
* Monetary hegemony
* Neoliberalism
* Post-war economic boom
* Triffin’s dilemma
* Washington Consensus
* World Bank

[edit] Notes

1. ^ For discussions of how liberal ideas motivated U.S. foreign economic policy after World War II, see, e.g., Kenneth Waltz, Man, the State and War (New York: Columbia University Press, 1969) and David P. Calleo and Benjamin M. Rowland, American and World Political Economy (Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press, 1973).
2. ^ Quoted in Robert A. Pollard, Economic Security and the Origins of the Cold War, 1945-1950 (New York: Columbia University Press, 1985), p.8.
3. ^ discussed in: Lundestad, Geir, Empire by Invitation? The United States and Western Europe, 1945–1952, Journal of Peace Research, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Sep., 1986), pp. 263–277, Sage Publications, Ltd. http://www.jstor.org/stable/423824 and Ikenberry, G. John, A World Economy Restored: Expert Consensus and the Anglo-American Postwar Settlement, International Organization, Vol. 46, No. 1, Knowledge, Power, and International Policy Coordination (Winter, 1992), pp. 289–321, The MIT Press http://www.jstor.org/stable/2706958
4. ^ Comments by John Maynard Keynes in his speech at the closing plenary session of the Bretton Woods Conference on July 22, 1944 in Donald Moggeridge (ed.), The Collected Writings of John Maynard Keynes (London: Cambridge University Press, 1980), vol. 26, p. 101. This comment also can be found quoted online at [1]
5. ^ Comments by U.S. Secretary of State George Marshall in his June 1947 speech  Against Hunger, Poverty, Desperation and Chaos  at a Harvard University commencement ceremony. A full transcript of his speech can be read online at [2]
6. ^ For a recent publication see: Michael P. Dooley, David Folkerts-Landau, Peter M. Garber: Bretton Woods II still defines the international monetary system. National Bureau of Economic Research, February 2009. http://www.nber.org/papers/w14731

[edit] References

1. ^ Michael Hudson, Super Imperialism: The Origin and Fundamentals of U.S. World Dominance, 2nd ed. (London and Sterling, VA: Pluto Press, 2003), ch. 5.
2. ^ Dimitrova, K., Nenovsky, N., G. Pavanelli. (2007). Exchange Control in Italy and Bulgaria in the Interwar Period: History and Perspectives, ICER, Working Paper No. 40.
3. ^ Hull, Cordell (1948). The Memoirs of Cordell Hull: vol. 1. New York: Macmillan. pp. 81.
4. ^ Baruch to E. Coblentz, March 23, 1945, Papers of Bernard Baruch, Princeton University Library, Princeton, N.J quoted in Walter LaFeber, America, Russia, and the Cold War (New York, 2002), p.12.
5. ^ http://www.businessspectator.com.au/bs.nsf/Article/Why-Bretton-Wood-II-will-flop-L9VEK?OpenDocument&src=sph%5Bdead link]
6. ^ P. Skidelsky,  John Maynard Keynes , (2003), pp. 817-820
7. ^ Mason, Edward S.; Asher, Robert E. (1973). The World Bank Since Bretton Woods. Washington, D.C.: The Brookings Institution. pp. 105–107, 124–135.
8. ^ http://www.imf.org/external/np/exr/center/mm/eng/mm_sc_03.htm
9. ^  Wilson defends ‘pound in your pocket’ . BBC News. 1967-11-19. http://news.bbc.co.uk/onthisday/hi/dates/stories/november/19/newsid_3208000/3208396.stm.
10. ^ Francis J. Gavin, Gold, Dollars, and Power – The Politics of International Monetary Relations, 1958-1971, The University of North Carolina Press (2003), ISBN 0-8078-5460-3
11. ^  Memorandum of discussion, Federal Open Market Committee . Federal Reserve. 1968-03-14. http://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/files/fomcmod19680314.pdf.
12. ^ United States Congress, Public Law 90-269, 1968-03-18
13. ^ Speech by Darryl R. Francis, President Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis (1968-07-12).  The Balance of Payments, The Dollar, and Gold . p. 7. http://fraser.stlouisfed.org/historicaldocs/DRF68/download/38004/Francis_19680712.pdf.
14. ^ Larry Elliott , Dan Atkinson (2008). The Gods That Failed: How Blind Faith in Markets Has Cost Us Our Future. The Bodley Head Ltd. p. 6–15, 72-81. ISBN 1847920306.
15. ^ a b c Laurence Copeland. Exchange Rates and International Finance (4th ed.). Prentice Hall. pp. 10–35. ISBN 0273-683063.
16. ^ Dooley, Folkerts-Landau, and Garber (2003): ‘An Essay on the Revived Bretton Woods System’ NBER Working Papers; for a critique, Eichengreen, Barry (2004): Global Imbalances and the Lessons of Bretton Woods NBER Working Papers
17. ^ George Parker, Tony Barber and Daniel Dombey (October 9, 2008).  Senior figures call for new Bretton Woods ahead of Bank/Fund meetings . http://www.eurodad.org/whatsnew/articles.aspx?id=2988.
18. ^ Data & Statistics supplied by the International Monetary fund web site

[edit] Further reading

* Van Dormael, A.; Bretton Woods : birth of a monetary system; London MacMillan 1978
* Michael D. Bordo and Barry Eichengreen; A Retrospective on the Bretton Woods System: Lessons for International Monetary Reform; 1993
* Harold James; International Monetary Cooperation Since Bretton Woods; Oxford University Press, USA 1996

[edit] External links

* Donald Markwell, John Maynard Keynes and International Relations: Economic Paths to War and Peace, Oxford University Press, 2006
* The Gold Battles Within the Cold War (PDF) by Francis J. Gavin (2002)
* International Financial Stability (PDF) by Michael Dooley, PhD, David Folkerts-Landau and Peter Garber, Deutsche Bank (October 2005)
*  Bretton Woods System , prepared for the Routledge Encyclopedia of International Political Economy by Dr. B. Cohen
* Bretton Woods Agreement by Addison Wiggin, co-author of Empire of Debt
* Dollar Hegemony by Henry C.K. Liu

[show]
v • d • e
United Nations (UN)
UN System
Member states A Observers A General Assembly A Security Council A Economic and Social Council A Secretariat (Secretary-General) A Trusteeship Council A International Court of Justice
Major offices
New York (Headquarters) A Geneva (Office) A Nairobi (Office) A Vienna (Office)
Programmes and
agencies
FAO A ICAO A ILO A IMO A IPCC A IAEA A UNIDO A ITU A UNAIDS A SCSL A UNCTAD A UNCITRAL A UNDCP A UNDP A UNEP A UNESCO A UNODC A UNFIP A UNIFEM A UNFPA A OHCHR A UNHCR A UNHRC A UN-HABITAT A UNICEF A UNITAR A UNOSAT A UNRWA A UNWTO A UPU A WFP A WHO A WMO
Resolutions
General Assembly (UDHR) A Security Council
Related topics
Bretton Woods system A Charter A Enlargement A Flag A Global Compact A History A ICC A League of Nations A OPCW A Peacekeeping missions A Treaty Series A UN Day
Category A Portal
[show]
v • d • e
Central banks
Global

Bank for International Settlements A Financial Stability Board A Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
[hide]

By continent
Africa

Central Bank of West African States A Bank of Central African States A Bank of Algeria A Central Bank of Angola A Bank of Botswana A Bank of the Republic of Burundi A Bank of Cape Verde A Central Bank of the Comoros A Central Bank of the Congo A Central Bank of Djibouti A Central Bank of Egypt A Bank of Eritrea A National Bank of Ethiopia A Central Bank of The Gambia A Bank of Ghana A Central Bank of the Republic of Guinea A Central Bank of Kenya A Central Bank of Lesotho A Central Bank of Liberia A Central Bank of Libya A Reserve Bank of Malawi A Bank Al-Maghrib (Morocco) A Bank of Namibia A Central Bank of Nigeria A South African Reserve Bank A Bank of Somaliland A Bank of Tanzania A Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe
Americas

Central Bank of Argentina A Central Bank of Barbados A Central Bank of Brazil A Bank of Canada A Central Bank of Chile A Eastern Caribbean Central Bank A Bank of Mexico A Central Bank of Honduras A Central Bank of Nicaragua A Bank of the Republic A Central Reserve Bank of Peru A Federal Reserve System (United States) A Central Bank of Venezuela A Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago
Oceania

Reserve Bank of Australia A Reserve Bank of Fiji A Reserve Bank of New Zealand  A Bank of Papua New Guinea  A Central Bank of Samoa A Central Bank of Solomon Islands A National Reserve Bank of Tonga
Asia

Central Bank of Bahrain A Bangladesh Bank A Brunei Currency and Monetary Board A People’s Bank of China A Reserve Bank of India A Central Bank of Iran A Central Bank of Iraq A Bank of Israel A Bank Indonesia A Bank of Japan A National Bank of Kazakhstan A National Bank of the Kyrgyz Republic A Bank of Korea A Central Bank of the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea A Central Bank of Kuwait A Banque du Liban A Bank Negara Malaysia A Bank of Mongolia  A Central Bank of Oman A State Bank of Pakistan A Central Bank of the Philippines  A Qatar Central Bank A Monetary Authority of Singapore A Central Bank of Syria A Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) A Bank of Thailand A Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates A Central Bank of Uzbekistan A State Bank of Vietnam A Hong Kong Monetary Authority
Europe

European Central Bank (Eurozone) A Bank of Abkhazia A Central Bank of Azerbaijan A Central Bank of Bosnia and Herzegovina A Bank of Albania A Bulgarian National Bank A Croatian National Bank A Czech National Bank A Bank of England A Bank of Estonia A Hungarian National Bank A National Bank of the Republic of Macedonia A Central Bank of Norway A Central Bank of Kosovo A Polish National Bank A National Bank of Romania A Central Bank of Russia  A Central Bank of Montenegro A National Bank of Serbia A Swiss National Bank  A Central Bank of Turkey A National Bank of Ukraine
[show]

Policies and implementation
Policies

Expansionary monetary policy A Contractionary monetary policy A Capital requirement
Implementation

Open market operations A Capital control A Discount rate A Money creation A Interest rates A Sovereign wealth fund
[show]

Bretton Woods system
World Bank A International Monetary Fund A International Bank for Reconstruction and Development A International Finance Corporation A International Development Association A Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency A International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes
List of central banks Names in italics indicate non-sovereign (dependent) territories and/or former countries.

Coordinates: 44E15?16?N 71E26?52?W? / ?44.25436EN 71.44787EW? / 44.25436; -71.44787
Retrieved from  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bretton_Woods_system
Categories: Economic history | International trade | International economics | Foreign exchange market | World Bank

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bretton_Woods_system

the actual place –

http://www.brettonwoods.com/
with mountains, lodge and skiing

***

http://www.utexas.edu/lbj/faculty/gavin/articles/gold_battles.pdf

gold_battles.pdf

THE GOLD BATTLES WITHIN THE COLD WAR:
American Monetary Policy and the Defense of Europe, 1960-1963
Accepted for Publication in Diplomatic History
Francis J. Gavin
University of Texas at Austin
President John F. Kennedy often told his advisers that “the two things which scared him most were nuclear weapons and the payments deficit.”1

Kennedy’s sensitivity to the nuclear danger is well documented and completely understandable. But why was he so afraid of the U.S. balance of payments deficit? Why did he compare a technical problem of international monetary economics to the dangers of a nuclear war?
These two problems–one involving monetary policy, the other a question of basic American security policy–were inextricably linked in fundamental ways during the Kennedyyears. It is impossible to understand the full complexities and nuances of U.S. Cold War strategy in Europe during this pivotal period without coming to terms with the balance of payments and
gold question. Likewise, these complicated monetary issues make no sense unless they are understood within their political and security context. The whole spectrum of the Kennedy administration’s policy toward Europe–ranging from the German question to nuclear sharing policy–cannot be understood without reference to U.S. monetary policy.
Although there is no shortage of scholarship on the foreign policy and Cold War strategy of the Kennedy administration, the question of the U.S. balance of payments deficit and gold outflow has been ignored or marginalized in the historical literature. For example, the standard account of U.S. strategy and foreign policy during the Kennedy years, Michael Beschloss’s The Crisis Years, does not once mention the payments deficit or gold outflow problem.2

Those historians who have addressed U.S. monetary policy treat the issue as strictly a question of foreign economic policy, unrelated to the core power political issues of the period. Thus, William Borden characterizes Kennedy’s monetary policy as “an aggressive but ultimately futile defense of American economic hegemony.” Other historians and political scientists have
suggested that the deficit was a symbol of American decline, produced by a combination of economic malaise at home and imperial overstretch abroad. 3 This assessment, however, has been largely rejected in the professional economics literature.4 All of these accounts fail to consider how the dollar and gold problem was central to the most important security questions of the day.
Because of Kennedy’s advocacy of the so-called flexible response doctrine, it has been an article of faith among diplomatic historians that his administration sought to strengthen and enlarge the U.S. conventional commitment in Europe.5 But in fact the link between monetary and security policy led the Kennedy administration, starting in the spring of 1962, to seriously consider plans to withdraw U.S. troops from Europe. Kennedy, like Eisenhower before him, identified generous U.S. political and security policy in Europe — chiefly the decision to station six army divisions in West Germany — as the root cause of the nation’s international monetary woes. Furthermore, Kennedy was terrified that the countries that benefited most from American military protection — France and West Germany — might use their newfound monetary leverage to compel changes in U.S. political and security policies in Europe.
This struggle over the U.S. troop commitment and the nature of America’s relations with
Europe was at the heart of the “gold battles” within the Cold War. On the surface, it appeared to
be a contentious but simple dispute over burden-sharing within the Western Alliance. In fact, the
3
gold battle within the alliance during the early 1960s was one of the most important components
of a complex and bitter political struggle between the United States and France and West
Germany over the direction of the alliance and its Cold War strategy. While the dispute was at
heart over political and strategic matters – West German chancellor Konrad Adenauer and French
president Charles de Gaulle were deeply disturbed by Kennedy’s nuclear sharing and Berlin
policies — the field of battle was often economic and monetary. Negotiations and discussions
about payments deficits and gold holdings, which by mid-1962 included serious threats of
American troop withdrawals, often masked a deeper struggle over the leadership and direction of
the NATO alliance.
Would the president order American troops back home from Europe? This question was
the starting point for the second gold battle, namely the sharp and at times acrimonious
bureaucratic struggle within the Kennedy administration over resolving the balance of payments
deficit and gold outflow. Secretary of the Treasury Douglas Dillon and his undersecretary,
Robert Roosa, argued that troop withdrawals were necessary to avoid international monetary
chaos abroad and deflation and possibly depression at home. Surprisingly, Secretary of Defense
Robert McNamara and his lieutenant, Roswell Gilpatric, supported the Treasury Department’s
efforts to bring American troops back home.6 The State Department, led in this struggle by
Undersecretary of State George Ball, vehemently opposed even the smallest reduction in
American ground forces in Western Europe. They understood that American troops served a
political as well as a military role, and feared that a large withdrawal could undermine West
Germany’s confidence in NATO and possibly lead to an anti-American Franco-German bloc, or
worse, a nuclearized Bundeswehr. Supported by the Council of Economic Advisers, the State
4
Department advocated plans to reform and recast the international monetary system in the hope
that improved payments arrangements would eliminate the monetary pressure to withdraw U.S.
ground forces from Western Europe.
These gold battles offer a window into a dramatic interallied conflict in which monetary
disputes often masked a bitter political struggle over NATO strategy, the German question, and
the politics of nuclear weapons. This story also calls into question the standard historical view
that the Bretton Woods monetary system functioned smoothly and efficiently during the late
1950s and early 1960s. Most importantly, the history of the gold battles within the Cold War
forces us to reconsider the false divide that persists between the study of economic policy — and
particularly monetary policy — and foreign policy and military strategy in the historical literature
on that period. No history of this critical time in American foreign policy is complete unless the
story behind economic and security policy is woven together and presented as a whole.
Charles de Gaulle claimed that the international monetary system allowed the United
States to live beyond its means and forced the European surplus countries to finance America’s
military empire overseas. He wanted the major Western powers to negotiate a new arrangement
that was more fair and rational.7 President Kennedy also argued that the global payments system
was unfair. The unique role of the dollar left U.S. foreign policy and military strategy hostage to
the whims of European surplus countries that selfishly exploited the system to accumulate
payments surpluses. What might explain such conflicting perspectives? Why did both the
leaders of both surplus and deficit states connect monetary relations to larger security concerns?
5
At first glance, these questions are perplexing. The founders of the Bretton Woods
system explicitly designed the system to disentangle international monetary relations from power
politics, and the conventional wisdom among historians holds that they succeeded.8 But, in fact,
postwar monetary relations were highly politicized and required constant political intervention to
keep the system functioning smoothly.9
The most troubling design flaw was the lack of an effective, automatic mechanism to adjust and settle the payments imbalances that inevitably arose between surplus and deficit countries. Payments imbalances emerge because countries pursue different economic and monetary policies. This produces different national inflation and savings rates, changing the relative value or purchasing power of their currency. If Country A starts out with a currency equal in value to its trading partner, Country B, but has monetary policies that make its prices rise twice as fast, eventually Country A will run a balance of payments deficit with Country B.
This deficit could be settled in any number of ways. Country A could change its exchange rate to reflect the new purchasing power of its currency (i.e., devalue or let its value be determined by currency markets), arrange for Country B to finance its deficit with loans (if B was willing), or settle its deficit by transferring a mutually acceptable reserve asset, such as gold. In certain types of systems, there is no decision to be made, because adjustment happens automatically. In a pure gold standard, the exchange rates remain fixed, but gold is transferred to settle deficits.10 In a flexible or floating exchange rate system, market driven shifts in the exchange rate between countries A and B will remedy the balance of payments imbalance.11
The Bretton Woods planners rejected both systems on principle. Mindful of the competitive devaluations during the 1930s, they believed that flexible exchange rates — where the
6
relative value of currencies is determined by purchases and sales in an open market — were erratic, allowed destabilizing capital flows, and gave far too much control over the economy to bankers and speculators.12 To their mind, a pure gold standard was no better. Under this type of system, a state with a payments deficit lost gold, which would decrease the domestic monetary base and result in a decline in the currency’s purchasing power. Imports would fall, exports would rise, and the payments would balance. But the loss of gold and the decreased money supply also meant a fall in aggregate domestic demand, which meant deflation or even depression.13 In an era where full employment and robust social spending were promised, it was
politically inconceivable that national governments would accept a process that depressed
national income and led to unemployment in order to balance international payments.14
The Bretton Woods system was designed to produce stable exchange rates while shielding
national economies from demand shifts produced by gold flows. But from the standpoint of
monetary policy, these two goals contradicted each other. This system did not provide a way to
guarantee price stability across borders, and there was no automatic mechanism to adjust the
payments imbalances that inevitably arose.15 These structural problems guaranteed that chronic
balance of payments problems would mushroom into full-scale political problems, both
domestically and between nations. This problem first arose during the immediate postwar
period, when Western Europe ran massive payments deficits with the United States. European
governments were unwilling to allow their national exchange rates to be determined by currency
markets. Nor did they want to impose the type of deflationary policies that would have been
required to reduce imports and increase exports. Instead, the so-called dollar gap was resolved by
a series of political interventions: the Europeans imposed trade and exchange controls, undertook
7
a round of devaluations vis-à-vis the dollar in 1949, and received large amounts of American aid
to close their deficits.16
As the economies of Western Europe recovered and became more competitive during the
1950s, these payments deficits vis-à-vis the United States began to turn to surpluses. By
Eisenhower’s second term, the dollar gap became a glut. As these dollars were increasingly traded
in for gold, American policymakers became worried. If the balance of payments deficits
continued at the rate of $3-4 billion per year, and if most of these deficit dollars were used to
purchase American gold, the U.S. gold supply would disappear in short order.17 The normal
recourse might be devaluation. But here again the Bretton Woods system had a design flaw. The
U.S. dollar supplemented gold as a reserve, held by countries around the world to finance their
trade. If the dollar’s value were in doubt, no one would hold it as a reserve asset in their central
banks: they would sell it for a more reliable asset, like gold. But if the dollar no longer
supplemented gold as a reserve asset, then a large portion of the world’s liquidity used to finance
international trade would be destroyed. The competition for scarce gold might unleash trade and
currency wars, beggar-thy-neighbor economic policies, and competitive devaluations. This was
precisely the scenario that most economists and policymakers believed had caused and deepened
the Great Depression of the 1930s.18
The administration rejected a policy of trade and capital controls to end the deficit and
gold outflow. Instead, they began to scrutinize balance of payments cost of government
expenditures overseas, particularly troop deployment costs, an account the administration could
control without reversing the cherished goal of trade and currency liberalization. U.S. foreign
8
exchange expenditures in NATO Europe were roughly the size of the national deficit, a fact few
found coincidental.
President Dwight D. Eisenhower had supported troop withdrawal schemes even before
the dollar weakened.19 If the Americans made a permanent commitment to defend the
Europeans, he reasoned, the latter would have no incentive to provide for their own security.
But by 1959, Eisenhower felt that the burgeoning U.S. balance of payments deficit and gold
outflow made U.S. troop withdrawals urgent. Eisenhower told the Supreme Allied Commander,
Europe (SACEUR), General Lauris Norstad, that it was time to  put the facts of life before the
Europeans concerning the reduction of our forces.  The Europeans were  ‘making a sucker out of
Uncle Sam.  With the United States paying for the whole strategic deterrent force, all space
activities, most of NATO’s infrastructure cost, and large naval and air forces, why should it also
pay for six U.S. Army divisions, especially when these troops were threatening American
financial strength?  Our gold is flowing out and we must not weaken our basic economic
strength.  20
Eisenhower was thwarted in his efforts to implement massive troop withdrawals by the
same bureaucratic alignments that confronted Kennedy during his presidency.21 While the
Treasury Department was a strong advocate of “redeployment” schemes, the Europeanists
within the State Department successfully resisted the president’s preference for American troop
withdrawals. And he never developed an alternate monetary policy. For one thing, Eisenhower
had little understanding of how monetary policy actually worked and once suggested that
perhaps the monetary crisis could be solved if uranium could “be substituted for gold” as the
reserve metal of the international monetary system.22 The president tried to get the Western
9
Europeans to help offset the American deficit through military purchases and grants; but by the
time he sent a high-level State-Treasury delegation to West Germany to discuss the matter, he
was already a lame duck president with little leverage over his allies.23 Before departing, the
administration did manage to warn the alliance that the United States was determined to correct
the international payments situation, which has an importance beyond the financial field. 24
But it would be left to the Kennedy administration to find a way to make the Western European
surplus countries accept this principle that monetary and security issues were inextricably
interconnected.
The balance of payments question did not catch the incoming Kennedy administration by
surprise. During the campaign there had been rumors that Kennedy would pursue loose
monetary and or fiscal policies if elected, or even follow Franklin Roosevelt’s example and
devalue the dollar. Kennedy’s campaign moved quickly to squelch this speculation, and on 31
October Kennedy issued a public statement declaring his commitment to maintain the dollar price
of gold at $35 an ounce.25
Ironically, this public concern was unwarranted, as the incoming president wanted to
convince the public — and especially Wall Street and the international banking community — that
he would not pursue unrestrained fiscal and monetary programs. During their first transition
meeting, Kennedy nodded approvingly when Eisenhower warned that the United States was
carrying “far more than her share of free world defense” and would have to start bringing
American troops home from Europe.26 A transition committee on the balance of payments
advised Kennedy to appoint a secretary of the treasury who “enjoys high respect and confidence
10
in the international financial world” in order to restore confidence to the dollar.27 To the horror
of many New Frontiersmen, Kennedy passed over economic liberals like John Kenneth Galbraith
and Averell Harriman and chose the conservative Republican and Wall Street stalwart Douglas
Dillon to be his Secretary of the Treasury. Kennedy risked alienating his closest supporters to
demonstrate his concern for the stability of the dollar. When Senator Albert Gore, Sr., a
Tennessee Democrat (and a presumptive candidate for the Treasury position himself) told
Kennedy that selecting Dillon signaled a continuation of the stagnant policies of the Republicans,
Kennedy protested. “Albert, I got less than 50 percent of the vote. The first requirement of the
Treasury job is acceptability to the financial community.”28
As a counterweight to Dillon, the president selected the pro-growth liberal economist
Walter Heller as the chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers. Heller advocated looser
fiscal and monetary policies to spur high domestic growth, policies that would inevitably weaken
the dollar and increase the gold outflow. By putting advisers with diametrically opposed views
in the top economic policymaking spots, Kennedy guaranteed that, like FDR, he would never be
railroaded into a decision.29 Kennedy also strived to break down what he saw as the
bureaucratic morass and inertia that had plagued the Eisenhower administrations. He relied on
key White House advisers like Carl Kaysen and Walt Rostow from a pared-down National
Security Council to make sense of the conflicting opinions offered by cabinet secretaries. While
this process provided Kennedy with an array of opinions, it often prevented his advisers from
unanimously supporting a policy option. Kennedy often felt out of his league on questions of
international monetary relations, and the president often deferred making difficult choices for as
long as he could.30
11
During its first months, the Kennedy administration developed a three-pronged
international monetary policy that mirrored aspects of Eisenhower’s philosophy but that
differed dramatically from his predecessor’s tactics. First, those countries that gained foreign
exchange because of U.S. defense expenditures were pressured to “offset” this gain by spending
those surplus dollars on military equipment from the United States. Surplus countries were also
asked to hold “voluntarily” surplus dollars earned through U.S. defense commitments and not use
them to purchase U.S. gold. The second part of the Kennedy strategy involved constructing
elaborate, multilateral defenses against speculative attacks on the dollar or runs on the American
gold supply. Concurrently, the administration considered plans and proposals to reform and
improve the global payments system. Finally, the Kennedy administration initiated serious trade
negotiations aimed at lowering European tariffs. European support was expected for all of these
initiatives. If the Europeans — and especially the Germans — did not come forward and
cooperate, this would be taken as a sign that Europe no longer needed American protection.
Dillon’s lieutenant and undersecretary for international monetary affairs, Robert Roosa,
successfully negotiated an elaborate array of multilateral defenses for the dollar in 1961 and 1962.
Roosa constructed sophisticated currency swap arrangements and standby borrowing
arrangements that allowed deficit countries to stave off attacks on their currencies.31 Roosa’s
most important accomplishment was establishing the gold pool, a consortium of industrial
nations who intervened in the London gold markets whenever the price of the dollar seemed
threatened. Though the cooperative arrangements negotiated by Roosa were quite impressive,
they were at best temporary expedients, that did nothing to solve the basic problem: the
American balance of payments deficit. Furthermore, these arrangements depended upon the
12
cooperation of the two largest surplus countries, France and West Germany, to keep the dollar
afloat.
The strategy of seeking “offsets” proved far more difficult and acrimonious. Kennedy
wanted to establish the principle that every dollar spent in Germany defending Europe should be
used by the Federal Republic to purchase American military equipment-hence the term “offset.”
This would serve two purposes: relieve the American payments deficit and increase the West
German Bundeswehr’s capacity to fight a conventional war. The Germans resented both of these
aims. They felt singled out, since the U.S. troops were defending all of Western Europe but the
Federal Republic was the only country offering significant relief. And the West German
leadership disliked any change in strategy that emphasized fighting the Soviets with conventional
rather than nuclear forces. The offset arrangement would also make West Germany even more
dependent upon the United States by foreclosing arms arrangements with European, and
especially French, suppliers. Finally, there was the fear that by building up West German
conventional forces, the Kennedy administration was making it possible for the United States to
withdraw its own conventional forces in the future.
These factors made the negotiations very difficult at first, and the same German
negotiating team that had rejected Eisenhower’s proposals seemed no more inclined to accept
Kennedy’s ideas.32 But the new administration rejected both the Federal Republic’s offer and its
framework for viewing the balance of payments problem. Kennedy insisted that the dollar and
gold crisis be seen as a problem for all of NATO, and not just the United States. The West
German surplus was the “mirror” image of the American deficit, and it was wrong for NATO
countries to exploit dollars acquired through U.S. expenditures defending Europe.33 The
13
president would not shy away from hardball tactics to make this point during his negotiations
with the Federal Republic. “As the Chancellor is interested in power it would seem to me that I
should give Mr. Brentano a sense of our disappointment with their progress.”34
The intensification of the Berlin crisis in the summer of 1961 brought a rapid
improvement in the offset negotiations, as the Americans exploited their newfound leverage
against the Germans.35 “We are approaching the strongest bargaining position since the
negotiations began. Our negotiating leverage is increased by the possibility of major deployments
to assist in the defense of Berlin and Germany.”36 A full offset agreement was reached in
October, and it included a provision to examine how to reduce the American balance of payments
costs of any crisis induced troop buildup.37 The agreement seemed to establish a link between
the American troop presence and continued, full offset of U.S. foreign exchange costs. But if this
linkage was embraced by the Kennedy administration, it was not fully accepted in West
Germany, where offset was seen as a temporary arrangement to give the Americans time to get
their monetary house in order.
This difference in views would become a great source of tension in the future. In fact,
disagreements over the nature and meaning of the offset arrangement became a symbolic
battlefield where the Federal Republic of Germany and the United States clashed over larger
issues of NATO strategy in Europe. For the Germans, the question became: Why should we
support the dollar and underwrite U.S. security policies in Europe when they are at crosspurposes
with our own foreign policy? The question for the Kennedy administration was
equally sharp: why should we continue to threaten our international monetary position if those
we are protecting refuse to help us out, and in fact, continue to exploit our monetary
14
vulnerability for their own gain? Monetary policy became an important inter allied lever to
influence and affect NATO’s security policies.
By early 1962, the Kennedy administration’s balance of payments strategy seemed to be
in place. The Federal Republic of Germany had signed an offset agreement, trade negotiations
had begun, and Robert Roosa had negotiated a whole series of sophisticated defenses for the U.S.
dollar and gold supply. But two problems remained. First, the deficit was still dangerously
large. Second, Kennedy’s monetary policy relied on the goodwill of the European surplus
countries. The countries with the largest surpluses were West Germany and France. And by the
spring of 1962, U.S. political relations with both these countries had deteriorated sharply. How
much sense did it make sense to base U.S. monetary policy on continued cooperation from two
allies who were increasingly hostile to Kennedy’s security policies in Europe?38
There were two, related reasons for the deep political tensions between the United States
and France and West Germany: U.S. Berlin policy and its attitude toward independent national
nuclear forces.39 On Berlin, Adenauer and de Gaulle feared that the policy developed by
Kennedy during the summer of 1961 was simultaneously too belligerent and too accommodating
towards the Soviets.40 Adenauer and de Gaulle were also angered by what they believed was
Kennedy’s revision of U.S. military strategy toward a greater reliance on conventional forces in
the event of a Soviet attack and greater centralization of nuclear decision making in the hands of
the American president.41 Both Adenauer and de Gaulle hated both aspects of a policy that
eventually involved what came to be known as the “flexible response” doctrine.42
15
In fact, the changes between Eisenhower and Kennedy’s security policies were nowhere
near as dramatic as the Europeans supposed.43 Both the flexible response doctrine and the
Multilateral Force had its origins in the Eisenhower administration. Many of the strategic
changes were driven by the rather unique dilemma presented by the Berlin crisis.44 Furthermore,
Kennedy was often agnostic on the question of national nuclear forces and actually considered
Robert McNamara’s remarkable suggestion that the United States aid the French nuclear program
in return for de Gaulle’s help with the U.S. balance of payments deficit.45 The policy was
rejected — largely because of its presumed effects on West Germany — but Kennedy never
completely ruled out aiding the French program if de Gaulle were willing to support NATO in a
meaningful way.46
Still, a deep and far-reaching conflict was developing between the Kennedy
administration, France and West Germany over the direction of NATO strategy by spring 1962.
And from Kennedy’s perspective, a European attack on the weakened U.S. monetary position
seemed a logical way to undermine U.S. security policies. Douglas Dillon told the president that
a Bank of France official made a statement “which could indicate possible difficulties ahead with
France. He said that it must be realized that France’s dollar holdings represented a political as
well as an economic problem.”47 A widely circulated State Department memo summarized an
article from The Statist that warned that de Gaulle was  fully prepared to play diplomatic trump
card he holds in form of substantial French holdings of dollars. In other words, if America’s
policy towards Europe clashed with French interests, de Gaulle would pressure Kennedy by
purchasing gold from the United States.” Unless France was accepted as an equal, de Gaulle
16
“would not hesitate to make himself felt by resorting to devices liable to cause grave
embarrassment to United States,” even at the cost of weakening free world strength. 48
This deep strain in Franco-American relations was exposed in a remarkable meeting
between President Kennedy and the French minister of state for Cultural Affairs, Andre Malraux.
The president warned Malraux that if de Gaulle preferred a Europe dominated by Germany, then
Kennedy would bring the troops home and save $1.3 billion, an amount that “would just about
meet our balance of payments deficit.” If France wanted to lead a Europe independent from the
United States, then Kennedy would “like nothing better than to leave Europe.” The United
States had no taste for empire building:
The president said that we have no sense of grandeur, and no
tradition of leadership among the nations. Our tradition is
fundamentally isolationist. Yet since World War II, we have carried
heavy burdens. In our international balance of payments we have lost
$12 billion, and the drain on our gold continues. We engaged in a
heavy military buildup, and we have supported development of the
Common Market . . . We find it difficult to understand the apparent
determination of General de Gaulle to cut across our policies in
Europe. 49
The French leader dismissed the possibility that the United States could withdraw from
Europe.50 De Gaulle accused the United States of dictating to its allies by entering into
negotiations with the Soviets over Berlin and publicly stating that France should not have an
atomic force. The Americans should stay out of European affairs except in the case of war.51
17
The president responded furiously: “We cannot give this kind of blank check.” The U.S. was not
going to defend Europe, weaken the dollar, and remain politically silent. If Europe were ever
organized in such a way as to leave the United States on the outside, the nation would bring its
troops back home. “We shall not hesitate to make this point to the Germans if they show signs
of accepting any idea of a Bonn-Paris axis.” 52 A Franco-American showdown appeared
imminent, and Kennedy feared that France would exploit the vulnerability of the dollar to achieve
its political ends.
In July French finance minister Giscard D’Estaing told American officials that defenses
for the dollar against a speculative attack were weak and that a cooperative effort was needed “on
a grand scale.”53 Giscard suggested that the United States could not handle a real run on the
dollar by itself, not even with the help of the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Only if those
European central banks that held large quantities of dollars cooperated with the United States
could such a run be handled. Was Giscard making a threat or offering to help? Gold purchases
had been increasing and the dollar market was weak. Alexis Johnson, a top State Department
official, warned Giscard that the administration could end the deficit quickly if it “were to
institute measures that we do not wish to undertake and which would be undesirable,” a clear
reference to troop withdrawals.54 Giscard’s hints fed into the administration’s suspicions of
French intentions, which combined with worsening gold outflow figures to stimulate a massive,
inter governmental effort to develop plans to meet a monetary crisis.
This whole question of a French attack on the dollar sparked the domestic component of
the gold battles between State/CEA and Treasury during the summer of 1962. The
administration began considering plans to overhaul American monetary policy and reform the
18
international monetary system that included gold guarantees, gold standstill agreements, and
raising the dollar price of gold, either in concert with others or unilaterally.55 The State
Department even prepared a draft memo for the use of the president should he want to end the
American policy of redeeming gold on demand.56 Carl Kaysen sent the president an essay
written by J. M. Keynes proposing an international payments system that dispensed with gold
altogether, a dramatic departure from the conventional approach. Kaysen wrote the president:
“The great attention paid to gold is another myth…. As you said of the Alliance for Progress,
those who oppose reform may get revolution.”57
George Ball set the terms for this new round of debate in a forceful memo to the president
entitled “A Fresh Approach to the Gold Problem.” The under secretary of state believed that
neither the Europeans, the Wall Street bankers, nor the administration’s own Treasury
Department understood that the problem was at heart about politics, not economics. As long as
the current rules were maintained, the U.S. would remain “subject to the blackmail of any
government that wants to employ its dollar reserves as political weapons against us.” Ball
recommended that the United States negotiate a “thorough-going” revision of the Bretton Woods
system, “multi-lateralizing” responsibility for the creation of liquidity. Why did Ball think the
Europeans would go along? “Central bankers may regard our expenditures to defend the Free
World as a form of sin, but the political leaders of our Western allies do not.” 58 Predictably,
Treasury found nothing “fresh” in Ball’s proposal. From Dillon’s perspective, the Ball proposal
reflected the State Department’s “reluctance to squarely tackle the more difficult but
fundamentally necessary job of obtaining a more adequate sharing of the burden of our European
friends.”59
19
How did Kennedy respond to the irreconcilable alternatives presented by the State and
Treasury Departments? As he had before, and would again in the future, Kennedy stalled.60
Instead of making a decision, he dispatched a joint State-Treasury delegation to Europe to sound
out the possibilities of a European sponsored initiative. The president wanted an agreement that
would limit foreign purchases of U.S. gold; but Kennedy insisted that it had to appear to be a
voluntary European initiative. The president feared that any evidence of U.S. pressure could
shake the confidence of financial markets and lead to a run on American gold.61 Unable to speak
openly and honestly with their European counterparts, the mission failed to elicit the hoped-for
initiative, and high-level discussions of international monetary policy were pushed well into the
background during the Cuban missile crisis and its aftermath.62
Was the French government planning an attack on the dollar? It was well known that
many high French officials believed that the international monetary system was rigged in favor of
the Americans. The famous international monetary economist and close de Gaulle adviser
Jacques Rueff had argued that the current gold exchange regime should be replaced by a pure gold
standard.63 Rueff was to influence de Gaulle’s decision to publicly attack the dollar in a famous
press conference in February 1965.64 The French foreign minister, Couve de Murville, argued
that the dollar should be devalued. But was de Gaulle considering an attack on the dollar during
the summer of 1962?65 France’s ambassador to the United States, Herve Alphand, told de Gaulle
that Kennedy was receiving all sorts of dangerous advice on monetary policy from his advisers.
Controls and a gold embargo were being considered. Alphand speculated that since Kennedy did
not understand the economics of the issue, he would do what was politically expedient, which in
the end might harm France’s interests. Kennedy wanted a secret negotiation with de Gaulle to
20
settle these issues on the highest political level. Alphand asked how he should respond to the
American President. De Gaulle’s answer was cryptic. Just wait, he said. There was no point in
talking to him now.66
In January 1963, Secretary of the Treasury Douglas Dillon received two urgent memos
from the president. The first concerned Dillon’s estimates for American gold losses. “I am
concerned about the figures that you sent me on the gold drain for 1963. Won’t this bring us in
January 1964 to a critically low point? What are the prospects that we could bring this under
control by 1964?” Two days later the president warned Dillon that “our present difficulties with
France may escalate. If things become severe enough it is conceivable that they will take some
action against the dollar-to indicate their power to do something if nothing else.” Kennedy
wanted a plan to deal with any French action, including options of taking “extreme steps if that
should prove necessary.” 67 Less than a week later, the president warned the National Security
Council (NSC) that “de Gaulle may be prepared to break up NATO…. the French may suddenly
decide to cash in their dollar holdings as a means of exerting economic pressure on us.”68
Why had this inter-allied tension exploded into a full-blown public dispute, only weeks
after the successful resolution of the Cuban missile crisis? Two events, de Gaulle’s press
conference on 14 January, rejecting both the U.S. offer of nuclear assistance and Great Britain’s
entry into the Common Market, and the announcement, only nine days later, of the Franco-
German treaty, combined to provoke a political crisis that shook the foundations of the Western
alliance. 69 Both events appeared to signal a Franco-German revolt against U.S. policy towards
Europe.70 Both events appeared to be an attempt to undermine and weaken American influence
21
on the continent. And both appeared to threaten key elements of U.S. foreign economic policy,
including trade negotiations, the American gold supply, the position of the dollar, and the
German offset arrangement. The long-feared European revolt had finally appeared, and Kennedy
wanted to be prepared should France-alone or with West Germany-move to weaken the U.S.
monetary position. “The U.S. military position is good but our financial position is
vulnerable.”71
To make matters worse, the balance of payments figures for 1962 were far poorer than
had been expected. The commercial trade surplus had fallen from $3.2 billion to $2 billion. The
deficit figures would have been even poorer if not for European debt repayments of $666 million,
a source of financing that was a rapidly wasting asset, and $250 million in fifteen-sixteen month
borrowings from surplus countries. The predictions made by the cabinet Balance of Payments
Committee in October 1962, that the 1964 deficit would be “only” $1 billion, had been “overly
optimistic.” Most alarming was the loss of gold. Surplus countries “are becoming less prepared
to increase their dollar holdings, much less to increase the ratio of dollars to gold in their
reserves.” The State Department predicted that 1963 gold losses would be “fairly heavy,” and
the United States would find itself financing an increasing percentage of its deficit in gold sales in
future years. What was urgently needed was “time and protection” to allow the administration to
achieve payments equilibrium without having to resort to actions that might permanently damage
fundamental U.S. interests. 72 But how was this to be accomplished?
The president linked the continued presence of American troops in Europe to a resolution
of U.S. payments difficulties. In a NSC meeting soon after de Gaulle’s press conference,
Kennedy declared that the payments deficit  must be righted at the latest by the end of 1964”
22
and the Europeans must be prevented from “taking actions which make our balance of payments
worse.” It was time to exploit what power the United States had to achieve its objectives. “We
cannot continue to pay for the military protection of Europe while the NATO states are not
paying for their fair share and living off the ‘fat of the land.’” It was time for the United States to
“consider very hard the narrower interests of the United States.”73 The United States no longer
had any source of financial pressure it could exert on the Europeans and had to exploit its
military power before the Europeans went nuclear. “This sanction is wasting away as the French
develop their own nuclear capability.”74
Dillon pushed Kennedy to order troop withdrawals. “He felt that if the French did attack
our financial stability we should consider ways of responding by actions in the military and
political areas.” The secretary of the treasury wondered “whether the withdrawal of U.S. troops
would be the disaster some say it would . . . especially if Europe could defend itself against a
Soviet attack.” Kennedy appeared to agree: “Congress might well conclude that we should not
help Europe if de Gaulle continues to act as he has been.” 75 When Dean Acheson suggested that
the administration guarantee the U.S. troop commitment to reassure the Europeans, the president
dismissed the idea outright. “He said that the threat of withdrawing our troops was about the
only sanction we had, and, therefore, if we made such a statement, we would give away our
bargaining power.”76
From a purely economic standpoint, redeploying American troops should have been an
uncomplicated issue. It could have been argued that after the American “victory” in the Cuban
missile crisis, the danger of a Soviet move against Berlin was small. Kennedy was now convinced
that the Soviets were not going to risk thermonuclear war to invade Europe, and he found
23
arguments that they would go for some sort of limited land grab in West Germany
preposterous.77 If large troop deployments abroad threatened the strength of the dollar and the
health of the global payments system, then it made perfect sense to reduce them. Kennedy could
hardly support domestic deflation, restrict American tourism abroad, and prohibit capital exports
by American banks and industries in order to finance unneeded U.S. troops in Europe.
But the issue of troop redeployments was not simply an economic concern: it went to the
heart of both the German and nuclear question. If the America redeployed, West Germany
would feel uncertain about the American commitment to defend it with its nuclear arsenal,
thereby increasing pressure to acquire its own national deterrent. If West Germany sought
nuclear weapons, the tentative European “détente” that was emerging between the United States
and the Soviet Union in 1963 would unravel.78 The president would have to choose between the
strong economic and domestic political appeal of troop withdrawals and the complicated but
indisputable strategic-political logic of a continued American troop presence.
The bureaucratic gold battle was resumed with vigor. Instead of troop withdrawals, the
State Department once again proposed high-level political negotiations within the alliance in order
to restructure the international monetary system to protect the American dollar and gold supply.
The Chairman of the Policy Planning Council, Walt Rostow, argued that the United State’s
difficulties were the product of the dollar being “a unique reserve currency which leaves us
vulnerable to sudden withdrawals.” Explicitly rejecting troop withdrawals, Rostow wanted to
“spread the burden” of maintaining a reserve currency to the surplus countries of the world79
Dillon vehemently disagreed and argued that Rostow’s plan would put the United States “in a
position similar to Brazil or Argentina, who, when they cannot pay their debts, go to their
24
creditors and get an agreement to stretch out the debt over a period” Dillon charged that this
represented the irresponsible views of those in State and on the CEA who wanted  this very real
problem go away without interfering with their own projects, be they extra low interest rates in
the U.S. or the maintenance of large U.S. forces in Europe.” 80
Presented with conflicting advice and uncertain what to do, Kennedy hesitated. “I know
everyone thinks I worry about this too much” he told his speechwriter, Ted Sorensen, but the
balance of payments “is like a club that de Gaulle and all the others hang over my head.” In a
crisis, Kennedy complained, they could cash in all their dollars, and then “where are we?”81 The
United States would be forced off the Continent in the most humiliating way.
Kennedy decided to go outside official bureaucratic channels and asked Dean Acheson to
study the issue as a “layman” would and recommend what policy the president should follow to
solve the balance of payments question. Kennedy told Acheson that we “had respect for people
who had diametrically opposite views, and the language that they used seemed very confusing to
him.” 82 With the help of James Tobin from the CEA, Acheson produced a bold plan. He did
not rule out a devaluation of the dollar or a suspension of the dollar-gold convertibility.83 Given
his role in promoting the monetary agreement two decades earlier, Acheson surprisingly
concluded that “the Bretton Woods arrangements have been outgrown; outdated.”84 Acheson
recommended drawing on the IMF and negotiating large, long-term loans with the Europeans to
finance anticipated deficits of $10 billion over the next five years. The former secretary of state
suggested that the whole point of his plan “was to get a period of time in which it would not be
necessary to use small expedients with troublesome side effects.”85 Given this breathing space,
the United States could get its house in order and determine whether or not the Europeans were
25
prepared to carry their fair share of alliance military burdens. If they were not, the United States
could make “careful plans for rearrangements of our own commitments.”86
Ball produced a similar plan for high-level political negotiations with the Europeans to
arrange a supplemental financing scheme. The under secretary suggested that the Europeans
would be attracted by the chance to “share world authority as well as world responsibility,”87 or
what Rostow called the desire to “re-emerge as big boys on the world scene.”88 This scheme for
“full Atlantic partnership” could be linked to other initiatives, including the MLF and Kennedy
round trade negotiations. The time gained with this supplementary financing could be used to
dramatically revise the international payments system. Perhaps a new, non-national medium of
exchange and liquidity could be created to supplement or replace the dollar and gold.89 Ball also
presented a proposal to restrict foreign access to American capital markets.
As they had in the past, Dillon blocked the State Department’s schemes. In a meeting
with the president, the Treasury secretary called Ball’s proposals “reckless.” Roosa told the
president that the problem faced by the United States was the same as “any other borrower-how
to keep our credit standing good.” 90 This could only be accomplished with a sound financial
policy that reduced unnecessary overseas expenditures. Roosa also dismissed Ball and
Acheson’s suggestion that the Europeans would be willing to lend such large amounts to the
Americans.
In April, the president finally appeared to have made a choice. He sent a memo to the
Cabinet Committee on the Balance of Payments that rejected or postponed the State Department
approach to reform the global payments system, establish strict capital controls, and institute
gold standstill agreements and massive European loans. This left large cuts in overseas
26
expenditures as the only method of realizing meaningful balance of payments savings.91
“Secretary McNamara should proceed to develop recommendations . . . after consultation with
State . . . on specific actions which can be completed by end CY 1964 with the target of a gross
reduction … of between $300 – $400 million below FY 1963.”92 This could only be accomplished
through troop withdrawals. The secretary of defense had no qualms about doing this: “The only
way to improve our position was to reduce troop deployments.”93
The State Department complained that the Secretary of Defense “seems to assign almost
primordial importance to the military balance of payments aspects alone.”94 After rumors
reached Western European capitals of an impending redeployment,95 Rusk warned the Defense
Department that major troop withdrawals from Europe would “be contrary to U.S. interests”
and that balance of payments concerns did not appear to warrant such withdrawals, at least not
until all other solutions were exhausted.96 State offered a detailed report that argued major troop
withdrawals would end the administration’s efforts to “induce the Europeans to accept a broadspectrum
strategy designed to avoid . . . recourse to nuclear war.” Pulling out American troops
would play right into de Gaulle’s hands, corroborating the French president’s thesis “that Europe
cannot depend upon the U.S. to help defend it.” The pressure to create national nuclear forces
would increase. And the Soviet Union could be tempted into a more aggressive posture if the
United States withdrew large numbers of forces. “Once … as much as a full division was
removed from Europe we would begin to see some of the problems described.” These enormous
risks were hardly worth the “10 to 20 percent” reduction in the payments deficit that troop
withdrawals would bring. 97 But the president seemed to ignore the State Department’s pleas.
The State Department got wind of further, more politically damaging cuts, requested by Kennedy
27
himself. “G/PM has advised us that the Department of Defense program to reduce overseas
military expenditures … was considered by the president as only a beginning . . . it can be
expected that any further major reductions can only be achieved by withdrawing combat
forces.”98
In August and September the dollar weakened. The president demanded that his advisers
“give this problem our most urgent attention.”99 Kennedy ordered Treasury, State, and Defense
to prepare plans for direct capital controls, trade sanctions, and troop withdrawals. McNamara
returned with a plan that would return thirty thousand U.S. ground forces from Europe, in
addition to re-deploying important tactical air forces. Secretary of State Rusk protested
vigorously, repeating the arguments laid out in the State Department study of the political impact
of troop withdrawals.100 The president only agreed to $190 million in cuts (McNamara’s total
package, if accepted, would have realized $339 million). But the president also “indicated his
desire that a political base be established which would make it possible at some later stage to
reconsider the disapproved actions…”101
The Defense Department wasted no time establishing this political base. The military
planned a deployment exercise called “Big Lift” to demonstrate the United States’s ability to
airlift large numbers of combat troops to the European theater quickly and efficiently.
McNamara’s deputy, Roswell Gilpatric, noted in a widely discussed speech that by “employing
such a multi-base capability the U.S. should be able to make useful reductions in its heavy
overseas military expenditures without diminishing its effective military strength or its capacity
to apply that strength swiftly in support of its world-wide policy commitments.”102 That same
week, former President Eisenhower wrote an article for the Saturday Evening Post calling for the
28
return of all but one of the U.S. Army divisions in Europe. The timing of Gilpatric’s speech,
Eisenhower’s article, and operation Big Lift led the Washington Post to declare that the Pentagon
was seeking a major showdown on strategy with its NATO allies at the next conference in
December.103
State Department officials were horrified: they had lost control over U.S. policy toward
Europe. When the department warned Gilpatric that the speech would “create serious political
problems for us.”104 They were shocked when they were told that “Mr. Gilpatric would not
accept the proposed deletions.”105 It turned out that McGeorge Bundy had already signed off on
the speech, presumably with the president’s approval.106 Alexis Johnson warned Rusk that the
West German government, already nervous about the real motives of operation Big Lift, would
get all the wrong signals from this speech. Johnson demanded that “before a governmental
decision is made on the advisability, militarily and politically, of making any major force
withdrawal, a much more thorough consideration of the issue at the top level is required.”107 But
these were exactly the signals the president wanted to send to the West Germans. The Dillon-
McNamara approach seemed victorious in the domestic-political gold battle. Massive U.S. troop
withdrawals appeared imminent.
What about the international component of the gold battles? Relations with the Federal
Republic were quite strained, and by 1963 Adenauer had distanced himself from U.S. NATO
policy and fully embraced de Gaulle. One of the ways this political conflict revealed itself was in
difficulties with the offset arrangement. The Americans expected a complete offset of the foreign
exchange costs of troops stationed in West Germany as an absolute requirement for the American
29
presence.108 But the West German leadership did not accept this linkage. When American
representatives complained that the Federal Republic was not fulfilling its obligations under the
Strauss-Gilpatric accord, German foreign minister Gerhard Schroeder claimed that neither “the
Chancellor nor he knew the details of the problems which had arisen.”109 During the spring of
1963, Ambassador George McGhee was warned that the offset agreement faced difficulties in the
future.110 McGhee complained in July that the German military was unwilling to commit to
more than $1 billion for 1964-65, at least $300 million short of the amount needed to fully offset
the payments costs of U.S. troops. But McNamara told Kennedy that it was vital for the
administration to “get the dollars out of them.”111 Only a full offset arrangement would
accomplish that.
Kennedy put tremendous pressure on the Germans to accept the link between full and
continued offset and the maintenance of six American divisions in West Germany. Spanish
Dictator Francisco Franco told the German ambassador to Spain that the American President
claimed “the question of the American balance of payments constituted one of his greatest
concerns.” If he did not resolve the dollar and gold problem, then Kennedy would be forced to
“change his whole policy” and “dismantle the military support of Europe.”112 Bundes minister
Heinrich Krone was explicitly told that the United States would be forced to withdraw because
of its balance of payments problem.113 During a tense meeting, President Kennedy warned
Adenauer that “economic relations, including such matters as monetary policy, offset
arrangements and the Kennedy Round of trade negotiations” were “possibly even more
important to us now than nuclear matters” because the nuclear position of the West was strong
enough to deter any attack. West German cooperation was expected for all of these economic
30
initiatives. “Trade was important to us only because it enabled us to earn balances to carry out
our world commitments and play a world role.” 114 During a meeting with West German foreign
minister Gerhard Schroeder in September, the president warned that “the U.S. does not want to
take actions which would have an adverse impact on public opinion in Germany but does not
wish to keep spending money to maintain forces which are not of real value.”115 And McNamara
told his German counterpart, Kai-Uwe von Hassel, that  America cannot carry this burden any
longer if it couldn’t reduce this deficit.” Maintaining the troop commitment to Europe would be
impossible if the offset is not found for this…. the Americans have no choice whatsoever
here.”116
What could the Federal Republic do? The American threat to withdraw troops forced the
West German government to make fundamental policy choices that would affect German security
for years. The Germans were being asked to abandon their temptation to join France and toe the
American line. But Adenauer, for one, no longer believed that the Americans were reliable allies
who could be trusted.117 In the wake of the Cuban missile crisis, the United States and the
Soviet Union appeared ready to try to negotiate an arrangement to reduce the danger of war in
Central Europe. The United States appeared willing to offer the Soviets de facto recognition of
East Germany and a promise to keep the Federal Republic of Germany non-nuclear, if the
Soviets would accept the status quo in Berlin. These concessions would undermine the
foundation of Adenauer’s foreign policy, which had been based on non-recognition of the DDR,
equality with its Western allies, and seeking reunification through a policy of strength. U.S.-
Soviet arrangements that stabilized the status quo would appear to put an official stamp of
approval on the division of Germany. And if Berlin was no longer a problem, then Kennedy held
31
there was no longer any military need for six U.S. divisions in West Germany. The president
believed that the deterrent affect of the United State’s strategic nuclear forces would prevent a
Soviet attack on Western Europe.118 Refusing to cooperate with U.S. economic policies
(especially its monetary policy) would be one way to express German resentment toward
Kennedy’s “détente” policy.
The Kennedy administration’s move to reach some sort of accommodation with the
Soviets in 1963 caused consternation among West Germany’s policy-making elites.119 But
Adenauer’s policy of embracing de Gaulle offered nothing more than dependence on another,
albeit much weaker, ally, one that had even more incentive to sell out West German interests to
the Soviets. In the end, there was little choice but to accept a NATO policy based on American
leadership.120 The alternatives to a strong alliance with the United States, backed by six
American divisions, were not very promising. This meant accepting many compromises that
were distasteful. The key now was to make sure that the Americans did not become so fed up
with Europe that they pulled their troops out. And this meant that U.S. monetary policy had to
be supported. There could be no more hints of monetary collaboration with the French, no more
rumors that surplus dollars would be turned in for gold, and, most importantly, the offset
arrangement had to be fulfilled and renewed. The American demands for German monetary
cooperation would have to be met.
In October Rusk traveled to West Germany. In a meeting with Defense Minister von
Hassel, Rusk stated that the administration’s policy maintaining troops in West Germany
depended on two things: NATO meeting its force goals and a continuation of the offset
arrangement. “If our gold flow is not brought under control, the question could become an issue
32
in next year’s elections. The continuation of Germany’s payments under the offset is vital in
this respect.”121 The new West German government understood what was at stake and with few
other options, accepted these conditions. Flanked by Rusk, the new Chancellor Ludwig Erhard
gave a major speech in Frankfurt in which he publicly acknowledged that the American payments
deficit arose from the U.S. “rendering the major portion of economic and military aid to the free
world.”122 This was an important shift for Erhard, who had previously stated that the American
payments deficit could only be reduced through basic internal adjustments in the U.S. economy.
Negotiations for a new, full offset arrangement began soon thereafter.123
The administration got what it wanted from West Germany.124 The Federal Republic had
rejected the Adenauer-DeGaulle policy, and West Germany had, among other concessions,
grudgingly accepted the link between offset and American troop deployments in Europe. The
Kennedy administration decided that it had to end any threat — at least for the time being — of
major troop withdrawals. In Frankfurt, Rusk formally promised an end to the talk of
redeployment. “We have six divisions in Germany. We intend to maintain these divisions here as
long as there is need for them — and under present circumstances there is no doubt that they will
continue to be needed.”125 The president also surprised many observers when he publicly
disavowed any intention of removing any American divisions from West Germany.126 In
December, a full offset arrangement was reached, and the settlement was announced as an
agreement of “great value to both governments” which should be “fully executed and
continued.”127 Both the international and domestic gold battles were over, at least for now.128
The troops would remain as long as the Federal Republic toed the United State’s political line
and offered full offset through military purchases.
33
America’s Cold War confrontation with the Soviet Union in Europe reached its most
intense and dangerous point during the Kennedy period. Kennedy tried to craft a security policy
that met the Soviet challenge with strength but left room for negotiations and respect for each
other’s interests. But the United States’s two most important continental allies, France and
West Germany, felt threatened by Kennedy’s policies and openly challenged his administration’s
cold war strategy. Concurrently, the Kennedy administration faced a grave balance of payments
crisis. These two crises –one political, the other monetary — were inextricably connected in the
minds of the participants. The administration believed that the dollar and gold problem could be
solved in one or two ways: with cooperation from the European surplus countries, namely
France and West Germany, or by reducing government expenditures abroad. Since most of these
government expenses were related to NATO expenses, this meant large withdrawals from U.S.
conventional forces in Western Europe.
These two questions — the inter allied dispute over NATO strategy and the dollar and
gold question — have traditionally been treated as separate problems. But these questions were,
in fact, two sides of the same coin. The issues surrounding NATO’s Cold War strategy and the
balance of payments question centered on the issue of the United States’s large conventional
force commitment to Western Europe. The troop commitment, in turn, was related to a host of
fundamental power political questions — Berlin policy, the German question, and the politics of
nuclear sharing. Monetary pressure became a tool for each side to signal their intentions and
bring about desired outcomes. The French and the Germans signaled their unhappiness with
Kennedy’s security policies by cashing in dollars for gold or by abrogating arrangements, like
34
offset, that were meant to ease the U.S. dollar and gold drain. The Kennedy administration could
express its anger at the Franco-German bloc by threatening to withdraw U.S. troops in Europe
for balance of payments purposes. American monetary policy during this period only makes
sense when seen through this power political lens. Perhaps more importantly, U.S. policy
toward the most fundamental questions of European security can only be understood if the
American fears about the balance of payments deficit and gold outflow are fully explored.
The lessons of the gold battles have a significance that goes well beyond the Kennedy
administration’s monetary and security policies and feeds into fundamental questions of
international history: namely: how do international monetary relations influence international
political stability, and vice-versa? Are certain kinds of monetary arrangements better at
preventing political tension and promoting international peace and security? Do monetary
struggles reflect deeper security conflicts?129 These questions are not just of historical
importance. These are core issues in the study of international politics. And as recent events in
Southeast Asia, Russia, and Latin America have demonstrated, the relationship among money,
power, and international security will be of even greater significance during the twenty-first
century. While economic globalization has brought growth and unprecedented economic
integration, it has also left many nations highly vulnerable to the changes in the global economy.
Nothing drives this integrative dynamic more than participation in the world monetary order.
Will this monetary chaos spill over into political tension and undermine international peace and
security? Will future rivals exploit monetary power to achieve its political ends? The urgency of
these questions makes an understanding of past international monetary battles more important
than ever.130
35
36
ENDNOTES
This paper emerged from a presentation given at the John M. Olin Institute of Strategic Studies at Harvard
University. The author would like to thank the participants in that seminar for their comments and suggestions,
particularly Andrew Erdmann, Eugene Gholz, Colin Kahl, Michael Desch, Sam Huntington, and Commander James
Stein. The author would also like to thank Michael Creswell, Harold James, Robert Kane, Walter McDougall,
Michael Parrish, Emily Rosenberg, Mary Sarotte, Thomas Schwartz, Jeremi Suri, Tom Zeiler, Hubert Zimmerman,
the two anonymous Diplomatic History reviewers, and especially Andrew Erdmann and Marc Trachtenberg for their
most helpful comments and suggestions on earlier drafts of this article.
1 See Arthur Schlesinger, A Thousand Days, John F. Kennedy in the White House (New York, 1965), 601; W. W.
Rostow, The Diffusion of Power, An Essay in Recent History (New York, 1972), 136; and memcon between
Kennedy and Adenauer, 24 June 1963, Foreign Relations of the United States (hereafter cited as FRUS) , 1961-63,
9: 1995, 170; Schlesinger also quotes Kennedy as saying “What really matters is the strength of the currency. It is
this, not the force de frappe, which makes France a factor.” George Ball claimed that Kennedy was “absolutely
obsessed with the balance of payments.” See George Ball Oral History, no. 2, AC 88-3, 29, Lyndon B. Johnson
Presidential Library. Austin, Texas.
2 Michael R. Bechloss, The Crisis Years, Kennedy and Khrushchev, 1960-1963 (New York, 1991).
3 See William S. Borden, “Defending Hegemony, American Foreign Economic Policy,” in Kennedy’s Quest for
Victory, American Foreign Policy, 1961-1963 ed. Thomas G. Paterson (New York, 1989), 83-85; David Calleo,
The Imperious Economy (Cambridge MA, 1982), 23; David Calleo, Beyond American Hegemony, The Future of the
Western Alliance (New York, 1987), 13, 44-52; Frank Costigliola, “The Pursuit of Atlantic Community, Nuclear
Arms, Dollars, and Berlin,” in Paterson, ed., 24-56; Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers,
Economic Change and Military Conflict from 1500 to 2000 (New York, 1987), 434; Diane B. Kunz, Butter and
Guns, America’s Cold War Economic Diplomacy (New York, 1997), esp. 94-108. Despite the promising title of
her book, Kunz does not link the dollar crisis to the political crisis between the Kennedy administration and its
NATO allies. For interpretations that see Kennedy’s monetary policy as a series of “ad-hoc” expedients designed to
37
maintain the privileged place the dollar held in the postwar “capitalist world-system,  see Borden, 57-62, 84; David
P. Calleo and Benjamin M. Rowland, America and the World Political Economy, Atlantic Dreams and National
Realities (Bloomington, 1973), 88-89; John S. Odell, U.S. International Monetary Policy, Markets, Power, and
Ideas as a Source of Change (Princeton, 1982), 88; and Susan Strange, International Monetary Relations (London,
1976), 82, 207.
4 Again, the professional literature on international monetary economics is quite large, but for the best works see
Robert M. Stern, The Balance of Payments, Theory and Economic Policy (Chicago, 1973); Richard Cooper, The
International Monetary System, Essays in World Economics (Cambridge, MA, 1987); and Paul de Grauwe,
International Money, Post-War Trends and Theories (Oxford, 1989). For an excellent examination of the postwar
period that combines the best of historical and economic analysis see Harold James, International Monetary
Cooperation since 1945 (New York, 1997).
5 For the conventional wisdom on the Kennedy’s “flexible response” policy see John Lewis Gaddis, Strategies of
Containment, A Critical Appraisal of Postwar American National Security Policy (Oxford, 1982), 198-236; and
Jane E. Stromseth, The Origins of Flexible Response, NATO’s Debate over Strategy in the 1960s (New York,
1988). For the idea that the U.S. government was firmly committed to a NATO system based on a strong,
permanent American presence, even in the Eisenhower period see what has become the classic work on American
foreign policy during the Cold War see Gaddis, Strategies of Containment, 168. For a reinterpretation of the
flexible response doctrine, see Francis J. Gavin, “The Myth of Flexible Response: American Strategy in Europe
during the 1960s,” International History Review, Summer 2002.
6 At first glance, McNamara and the Office of the Secretary of Defense seems an odd ally for Treasury’s troop
withdrawal policies. But as will become clear, while McNamara supported a conventional buildup by Western
Europe, he also supported downsizing U.S. conventional forces in Europe. George Ball claims that McNamara was
almost as obsessed with the balance of payments problem as the president, “Because Bob was prepared to distort
any kind of policy in order to achieve some temporary alleviation to the balance of payments, which again to my
mind was a function of his preoccupation with quantification.” See George Ball Oral History, no. 2, AC 88-3, 29,
LBJ Library. For additional evidence of McNamara’s willingness to distort budgetary and security policy because
38
of the balance of payments Deborah Shapley, Promise and Power, The Life and Times of Robert McNamara
(Boston, 1993), 225-226.
7 de Gaulle claimed the system allowed for “l’hegemonie americaine.” See Press Conference, February 4, 1965,
from Charles de Gaulle, Discours et messages, vol. 4, “Pour l’effort, Aout 1962-Decembre 1965 (Paris, 1993; see
also Raymond Aron, Le Republique Imperiale (Paris, Calmann Levy, 1973); Jean Lacouture, de Gaulle, The Ruler,
1945-1970 (New York, 1992), p 380-82; and Georges-Henri Soutou, L’alliance incertaine, Les rapports politicostrategiques
franco-allemands, 1954-1996 (Paris, 1996), 287. For the economic theories behind de Gaulle’s beliefs
see Jacques Rueff, Le lancinant probleme des balance de paiments (Paris, 1965).
8 For two good accounts of the negotiations and results of the Bretton Woods Monetary Conference see Richard N.
Gardner, Sterling-Dollar Diplomacy, The Origins and the Prospects of Our International Economic Order, rev. ed.
(New York, 1969); and Alfred E. Eckes, Jr., A Search for Solvency, Bretton Woods and the International Monetary
System, 1941-1971 (Austin, 1975). See also the collected essays in Orin Kirshner, ed., The Bretton Woods-GATT
System, Retrospect and Prospect after Fifty Years (Armonk, NY, 1996). For an excellent, more recent account see
Harold James International Monetary Cooperation since Bretton Woods (Oxford, 1996). For a less enthusiastic
interpretation of Bretton Woods see Fred Block, The Origins of International Economic Disorder, A Study of
United States International Monetary Policy from World War II to the Present (Berkeley, 1977). The economic
ideas and philosophy of John Maynard Keynes had an enormous affect of monetary negotiations. See especially
The Collected Writings of John Maynard Keynes, vol. 25, ed. by D.E. Moggridge, Activities, Shaping the Post-
War World – Bretton Woods and Reparations (London, Macmillan); D.E. Moggridge, Maynard Keynes, An
Economist’s Biography (London, 1992); and Robert Skidelsky, John Maynard Keynes, The Economist as Savior,
1920-1937 (New York, 1992).
9 I use the term “system” loosely, as it can be debated when the Bretton Woods system actually began. de Gaulle
and Rueff essentially ignored the whole concept of Bretton Woods and argued that the flaws in the system to the
Genoa conference of 1922, where the principle that sterling and dollars could supplement gold as a reserve asset was
established, therefore creating a “gold-exchange” standard. An argument can be made that the Tripartite Agreement
between the United States, Great Britain, and France in 1937 is the key event, because the United States declared its
39
intention to convert dollars into gold at $35/oz. Other possible starting dates are July 1944, when the Bretton
Woods agreements were signed; 1947, the year that it became clear that sterling would not be a reserve currency and
the United States reaffirmed its commitment to redeem dollars for gold; or the end of 1958, when many Western
European governments removed the restrictions on current account convertibility for their currencies. Most scholars
accept 1958. See Francis J. Gavin, “The Legends of Bretton Woods,” O rbi s (Spring, 1996), 3-16.
10 See Barry Eichengreen, Globalizing Capital, A History of the International Monetary System (Princeton, , 1996),
7-44. Recent scholarship suggests the “classical” gold standard of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century
may not have been as “pure” as was once thought and, in fact, shared many characteristics of later gold-exchange
systems. See especially Giulo M. Gallarotti, The Anatomy of an International Monetary Regime, The Classical
Gold Standard, 1880-1914 (New York, 1995).
11 Milton Friedman, “The Case for Flexible Exchange Rates,” in Essays in Positive Economics (Chicago1953).
Economists often call the post-Bretton Woods system a “dirty float” because of widespread government intervention
in global currency markets since 1971.
12 Paul Volcker and Toyoo Gyohten, Changing Fortunes, The World’s Money and the Threat to American
Leadership (New York, 1992), 7-8.
13 In practice, gold inflows and outflows were often “sterilized” under the gold standard, which just meant that gold
was added or subtracted from the national treasuries without changing the domestic monetary base. But even with
some sterilization, the gold standard was nowhere near as stable as was once thought. See Gallarotti, The Anatomy
of an International Monetary Regime. The United States is a case in point. During the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries, the United States ran large trade deficits and was a net importer of capital. Furthermore, a large
portion of America’s exports were made of agricultural commodities whose prices were very unstable. A sudden fall
in foreign investment (caused by, for example, a banking crisis in Europe) or a drop in agricultural prices, could
mean a deterioration in the American balance of payments, the loss of gold, domestic deflation, and a fall in prices
(particularly agricultural commodity prices). This made the whole question of America’s participation in the gold
standard a divisive domestic political issue, and was perhaps the key factor in William Jennings Bryan’s popularity
40
during the 1896 presidential election. It is not a coincidence that as America’s monetary position became stronger
and more stable after 1896, Bryan’s political popularity waned considerably. See Milton Friedman and Anna
Schwartz, A Monetary History of the United States, 1867-1960 (Princeton, 1963), 89-188; see also Milton
Friedman, Money Mischief: Episodes in Monetary History (New York, 1994), especially the essays “The Crime of
1873” and “William Jennings Bryan and the Cyanide Process.”
14 See especially Moggridge, Keynes, An Economist’s Biography.
15 The system did allow for IMF-approved changes in par value. But exchange rate variations were difficult because
they unsettled foreign exchange markets and it was hard to get countries to agree to shifts because they feared the
adverse effects on their terms of trade. Speculators always knew the direction of any revaluation in advance,
guaranteeing windfall profits whenever exchange rates were changed. Countries were equally reluctant to sacrifice
full employment and social policy goals for balance of payments purposes. In the end, this meant that there was no
effective means to automatically close balance of payments gaps.
16 For the best accounts of how monetary relations were structured in Western Europe during the late 1940s and
early 1950s see Michael J. Hogan, The Marshall Plan, America, Britain, and the Reconstruction of Western
Europe, 1947-1952 (Cambridge, 1987); Alan S. Milward, The Reconstruction of Western Europe, 1945-1951
(Berkeley, 1984); and Brian Tew, The Evolution of the International Monetary System, 1945-1988 (London, 1988).
17 This is a common problem with a gold exchange system. Any country that ran a payments deficit could settle it
with dollars or gold. Many Europeans naturally wondered how fair it was for the United States to settle its deficits
in dollars, its own currency. But economists now recognize that some part of this deficit was the result of the
demand for dollars for reserve purposes, meaning that countries wanted to hold dollars in their central banks for
liquidity purposes, not for purchasing American goods and services. So part of the deficit was not a deficit at all,
and the actual “equilibrium” point for the U.S. balance of payments was not zero. But that was not well recognized
at the time. See Stern, The Balance of Payments, 152.
41
18 This was the scenario laid out by Robert Triffin in Gold and the Dollar Crisis, The Future of Convertibility
(New Haven, Yale, 1960). This book was very influential, and the “Triffin thesis” was much discussed by
economists and policymakers on both sides of the Atlantic. But as Barry Eichengreen demonstrates, the Great
Depression was worsened not by competitive devaluations but by the deflationary policies pursued in order to
maintain the gold standard. Nations that went off gold and devalued for the most part came out of the Depression
quicker and in a more robust fashion than those that stayed on the gold standard. See Eichengreen, Golden Fetters,
The Gold Standard and the Great Depression, 1919-1939 (New York1995).
19 For Eisenhower’s desire to pull American troops out once Western Europe recovered see Marc Trachtenberg,
History and Strategy (Princeton, 1991), 163-168, 185-187.
20 Memorandum of Conference with President Eisenhower, 4 November 1959, Eisenhower Library, Whitman File,
DDE Diaries. For a more complete analysis of Eisenhower’s monetary policy during the gold crisis see Francis J.
Gavin, “Defending Europe and the Dollar, The Politics of the United States Balance of Payments, 1958-1968,”
(Ph.D diss, University of Pennsylvania, 1997). Note that there was an important strategic element to the debate
over monetary policy and troop withdrawals; the State Department suspected that Eisenhower was using the balance
of payments deficit as an excuse to pull out troops for political reasons. See memorandum from the Assistant
Secretary of State for Policy Planning to Secretary of State Herter, 29 October 1959, FRUS, 1958-60, 7: 1993, 494-
496. Many State officials had been trying to move NATO policy away from such a heavy reliance on the nuclear
deterrent for several years. Assistant Secretary of State for Policy Planning Gerard Smith attacked Eisenhower’s
assumption that any conflict with the Soviet Union would automatically escalate to general war.  Almost two years
ago Foster Dulles on a number of occasions told the Secretary of Defense and the president that he believed this
principle was obsolescent and that we should be developing a new strategic concept and military posture to
implement it.  If the balance of payments and gold crisis forced a troop withdrawal, the administration should be
honest about it. “If economic factors require us to weaken American military influence abroad, I think it is most
important that we not fool ourselves by rationalizing such retraction as being warranted by the military situation.”
21 For the bureaucratic struggles between State and Treasury over the question of troop withdrawals and the dollar
and gold crisis see memcon, president, Herter, Reinhardt, Merchant and Kohler, drafted 22 October 1959, in
42
Whitman File, DDE Diaries, Dwight D. Eisenhower Library; and FRUS, 1958-60; 4: Washington, 1992) 129, 130,
134, 520-38, 539-42,
22 Memorandum of November 9, 1960, FRUS, 1958-60, 4: 1992, 131. Certainly, Eisenhower was shocked by how
quickly America’s monetary situation had deteriorated. Several years earlier, the administration had used its
enormous monetary power to compel the British to abandon their Suez adventure. It appeared the Europeans were
developing the same capacity to affect American policy. For an example of how the Eisenhower administration
used explicit threats of monetary coercion against the British during the Suez Crisis see Telegram from Embassy in
Washington to British Foreign Office, 2 December 1956, PREM 11/1826, XC 7840, Public Records Office, Kew,
England. See also Jonathan Kirshner, Currency and Coercion, The Political Economy of International Monetary
Power (Princeton, 1995), 63-82.
23 For the documents on the disastrous Anderson-Dillon trip to the Federal Republic of Germany see memorandum
of conference with President Eisenhower in Augusta, Georgia, 15 November 1960, in FRUS, 1958-1960, vol. IV;
Cable to Herter from Dillon, copy of cable to the president from Anderson, 23 November 1960, in UPA, DDE
Office Files, Administration-International Series, Anderson; memorandum of conference with President
Eisenhower, 28 November 1960, in FRUS, 1958-60, 4: 142-147; for a contemporary press report see Communiqué
on Anderson-Dillon talks with W. Ger leaders indirectly admits failure of mission,  New York Times, 23 November
1960.
24 Secretary Herter’s speech to the NATO Ministerial Meeting,  NATO Long-Range Planning,” 17 December 1960,
FRUS, 1958-60, 7: 679.
25 Theodore C. Sorensen, Kennedy (New York1965), 406. See also John Kenneth Galbraith’s letter to the president
from October 1960, in his Letters to Kennedy (Harvard, 1998), 29-31.
26 Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power (New York1993), 23.
43
27 “Report to the Honorable John F. Kennedy by the Task Force on the Balance of Payments,  27 December 1960,
from file AP/SD & WNA/Report to the president on the Balance of Payments, 25 February 1963, found in the
Papers of Dean Acheson, Harry S. Truman Library, Independence, Missouri.
28 Reeves, President Kennedy, 27-28.
29 A useful study on Roosevelt’s policymaking style is Robert Dallek’s Franklin D. Roosevelt and American
Foreign Policy, 1932-1945 (New York, 1995). For a discussion of how the Kennedy administration consciously
set out to create a different foreign policy making structure than Eisenhower’s see Frank A. Mayer, Adenauer and
Kennedy, A Study in German-American Relations, 1961-1963 (New York, 1996), 9. For Kennedy’s inability to
make decisions about long-term policy see George W. Ball, The Past Has Another Pattern (New York, 1982), 167-
68.
30 The French were convinced that Kennedy had no idea of what he was doing on the balance of payments question.
See Alphand’s comments about Kennedy in Jean Lacouture, de Gaulle, The Ruler, 1945-1970 (New York, 1992), p
381 and Herve Alphand, L’etonnement d’etre (Paris, 1977), 381.
31 The swap arrangements were standby credit lines that allowed participants to draw on each other’s currencies in
order to defend their own exchange rates. The increased IMF credit was arranged through a procedure called the
General Arrangements to Borrow, which were negotiated at the end of 1961. While connected to the IMF, these
arrangements were unique in that they gave the lending countries some discretion over the size and use of the loans.
For an excellent discussion of these innovations see James International Monetary Cooperation Since Bretton
Woods, 159-165.
32 Werner Knieper, a Ministry of Defense official, told American negotiators that “a long-range FRG commitment
on military procurement in the U.S. was . . . not acceptable-not even ‘in principle’” Large-scale procurement in the
United States would alienate important French and British military suppliers and undermine the joint European
production programs the Eisenhower administration had supported. The German attitude might be different if
missile systems that could deliver nuclear weapons were included in the purchase list, but Knieper admitted that
44
such decisions would have to be made at a much higher level. See memcon, 4 January 1961, “Federal Republic
Procurement of Military Equipment in the U.S. to Assist in the Latter’s Balance of Payments Problems,”
Declassified Documents Collection (hereafter referred to as DDC) 1991, no. 2559. See also Dowling to State, 13
January 1961, DDC 1991, no. 1849.
33 Rusk, Memo for the president, “German Balance of Payments Proposals and Your Meeting with German
Foreign Minister von Brentano on February 17,” UPA, National Security Files, Western Europe, 1961-1963,
Germany, reel 9, 363; “Points which the president may wish to emphasize in discussion with foreign minister von
Brentano,” 16 February 1961, UPA, President’s Office Files, part 5, Countries file, Germany, reel 8, 738, 1-2;
“Draft Aide Memoire for Brentano,” 16 February 1961, UPA, President’s Office Files, Countries, Germany, 8,731.
34 Memo, Kennedy to Rusk, undated (but probably early February 1961), President’s Office Files, State, UPA, reel
23.
35 For a detailed account of the shift in negotiations see Hubert Zimmerman, “Offset and Monetary Policy in
German-American Relations during Kennedy’s Presidency 1961-1963,” unpublished manuscript. In addition to the
offset agreement, the administration successfully pushed the FRG on several fronts connected with the balance of
payments. The Germans increased their foreign aid program considerably. They also prepaid $587 million of their
postwar debt. Trade restrictions against American poultry were liberalized. The deutschmark was revalued by 5
percent. Most importantly, the Bundesbank was persuaded to hold its reserves in dollars and not gold, a
controversial arrangement that the Federal Republic refused to formalize or publicize until 1967. See memo, Rusk
to the president, “Recent German Measures Relating to United States Balance of Payments,” 9 July 1961, FRUS,
1961-63, 9: 1995, 120-121.
36 Memo, Dillon to Kennedy, 14 September 1961, President’s Office Files, Departments and Agencies, Treasury,
89, John F. Kennedy Presidential Library, Boston, Massachusetts.
37 Walter Heller, memo for the president, “Current Status of ‘Lend-Lease’ or ‘Mutual Support’ Plan for Financing
U.S. Troop costs in Germany,” 8 September 1961, UPA, President’s Office Files, CEA, 7.
45
38 For evidence that the Franco-German bloc came into existence in 1962, and that its policies were meant as a
rejection of Kennedy’s Berlin and nuclear sharing policies see Hans-Peter Schwarz, Konrad Adenauer, German
Politician and Statesman in a Period of War, Revolution, and Reconstruction (Providence, 1997), especially 590
and 605.
39 For the best account of both the dispute over Berlin policy and nuclear sharing from the European side, see,
Georges-Henri Soutou, L’alliance incertaine, Les rapports politico-strategiques franco-allemands, 1954-1996
(Paris, 1996, 203-265; see also Frank A. Mayer, Adenauer and Kennedy, A Study in German-American Relations,
1961-1963 (New York, 1996), especially 43-74; Schwarz, Adenauer, 513-712. Schwarz’s account is somewhat
unbalanced: he calls Kennedy’s Berlin strategy the “appeasement” strategy and credits Adenauer for saving Berlin
(even while admitting that the German Chancellor was prepared to let Berlin fall without a war). For the American
side of the story see Marc Trachtenberg, A Constructed Peace, The Making of the European Settlement, 1945-1963
(Princeton, 1999) 251-402. Another good source is the diary entries for 1962 and 1963 in C.L. Sulzberger, The
Last of the Giants (New York, 1970).
40 The administration had ordered a military buildup and authorized direct negotiations with the Soviets. Adenauer
and de Gaulle feared that the American policy might lead to a war through miscalculation or dangerous concessions
to the Soviets that undermined West European security. Both the French and West German government went to
great lengths in the first half of 1962 to block any negotiated settlement with the Soviets over Berlin. See
Trachtenberg, A Constructed Peace, 283-351.
41 For a summary of the nuclear question from the European response to the “flexible response” strategy see
Schwarz, Adenauer, 663-665 and Soutou, L’alliance incertain, 214-229..
42 The Europeans feared that by emphasizing conventional forces, the credibility of America’s promise to use its
strategic nuclear weapons against a Soviet attack would be compromised. This would weaken deterrence. And by
demanding a monopoly over NATO’s nuclear forces, the Kennedy administration appeared to be pursuing the most
blatantly hegemonic policies vis-à-vis its allies. If the United States was the only NATO country with strategic
46
nuclear weapons, then Western Europe would be completely dependent on the Americans. The administration tried
to save face by offering NATO something called the Multilateral Force. MLF was a State Department proposal to
develop a seaborne nuclear force that would be manned by any NATO country that wished to participate. But as the
Kennedy administration refused to give up the American veto on the firing of the force, it was of little interest to
the French or British, although the Germans were very interested. The French called this whole concept the
“Multilateral Farce,” and there is some evidence that Kennedy himself agreed with this assessment. For evidence
that Kennedy had moved away from supporting MLF by late 1962 see McNamara’s comments, “Anglo-American
Meeting,” 20 December 1962, Prem 11/4229, PRO, England; Anglo-American meeting, 19 December 1962, FRUS,
1961-63, 13: 1994, 1097; see also the apparent willingness to trade MLF away if the Soviets offered something
meaningful see FRUS, 1961-63, vol. 7, 728 notes, 732, 735, 780-81, 790. Note that Kennedy himself called the
MLF a “facade”; see FRUS, 1961-63, 13: 1994, 499, and 173, 367, 502-503.
43 The change between Eisenhower’s policy and Kennedy’s military policy was more complicated and nuanced than
the simple move from a strategy of “massive retaliation” — the immediate and massive use of America’s nuclear
forces against the Soviets in the event of an attack — and flexible response. Eisenhower’s views on independent
nuclear forces was at times contradictory; he seemed to support the idea of a French and even a West German atomic
force, but was unwilling to risk much political capital to do anything about it. And almost every one of his top
advisers believed that by the end of the 1950s, the development of Soviet strategic forces that could hit the United
States meant that the threat of “massive retaliation” was no longer a viable policy. In fact, most aspects of the
flexible response doctrine had their origins in the Eisenhower administration. For his part, Kennedy was not, as the
Europeans generally believed, vehemently against the Europeans having independent nuclear forces, although many
of his advisers in the White House and State Department certainly were. For a reinterpretation of the origins and
real meaning of the flexible response doctrine see Gavin,  The Myth of Flexible Response: American Strategy in
Europe during the 1960s,” International History Review, Summer 2002.
44 Much of the changes in strategy had to do with the problematic question of what to do if the Soviets closed off
West Berlin. In this respect, the general thrust of Kennedy’s policy was not so much different from Eisenhower’s,
neither believed that the threat of a full-scale nuclear war would be a credible response to a Soviet move on West
Berlin. Both presidents wanted to be able to ratchet up the escalation ladder more slowly, demonstrating resolve
47
with each step but giving the Soviets a chance to see America’s determination and back down. Eisenhower
described the whole process as a poker game, and Kennedy simply wanted to have as many chips as possible to play
with before having to call. To successfully implement such a calibrated policy, the American president would need
strong conventional forces, and he would need complete command and control over the West’s nuclear forces. But
the important thing to remember here is that this whole strategy was designed with the unique difficulties the Berlin
crisis presented — a city within enemy territory, surrounded by Soviet forces, where Khrushchev could control the
intensity of the crisis. Absent Berlin, Kennedy, much like Eisenhower, believed that the United States could
significantly decrease its conventional forces in Europe and rely on nuclear deterrence alone. For this view see
Kennedy-Bundy-Rusk-McNamara meeting, 10 December 1962, FRUS, 1961-63, michofiche supplement, vol. 13-
15, document 27, and Kennedy-McNamara-JCS meeting, 27 December 1962, FRUS 1961-63, 8: 449, and
memorandum for the Record, “Joint Chiefs of Staff Meeting with the president, February 28th, 1963 – Force
Reductions in Europe,” 28 February 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 13.
45 Bundy to the president, “Action on Nuclear Assistance to France,” 7 May 1962, President’s Office Files, box
116a, Kennedy Library. See also Paul Nitze, From Hiroshima to Glasnost: At the Center of Decision-A Memoir
(New York, 1989), 211.
46 See, for example, Sulzberger, The Last of the Giants, 1004-5 for evidence that the administration may have
offered France nuclear assistance if it agreed to sign the partial test ban treaty.
47 Dillon, memo for the president, 25 May 1962, National Security Files, Departments and Agencies, Treasury,
Box 289, Kennedy Library.
48 Jones to State Department, 13 June 1962, UPA, President’s Office Files, Treasury, 25.
49 Memo of Meeting between the president, Ambassador Alphand, M. Malraux, and McGeorge Bundy, 11 May
1962, FRUS, 1961-63, 13: 1994, 695-701.
50 Gavin to the State Department, 28 May 1962, FRUS, 1961-63, 13: 1994, 705-707.
48
51 Gavin to the State Department, 16 May 1962, ibid., 702-03.
52 President to Gavin,18 May 1962, ibid., 704.
53 Gavin to Rusk, 12 July 1962, UPA, National Security Files, W. Europe, France. See also Heller, memo to the
president, 16 July 1962, UPA, President’s Office Files, CEA, 9.
54 Memcon, “Payments Arrangements Among the Atlantic Community,” 20 July 1962, FRUS, 1961-63, 13: 1994,
733. See also Ball, memo for the president, “Visit of French Finance Minister,” 18 July 1962, UPA, National
Security Files, W. Europe, France. For direct indications of Kennedy’s willingness to withdraw American troops
from Europe – and even completely  haul out  if pushed too far by the French and West Germans – see  Visit to the
United States, 9-17 September, 1962,  DEFE 13/323, PRO. For Kennedy agreeing with Eisenhower that the
United States should reduce its conventional force presence in Europe see “Conversation between President John F.
Kennedy and Dwight D. Eisenhower,” 10 September 1962, Presidential Recordings, JFKL, transcribed by Erin
Mahan.
55 A gold guarantee was an American promise to overseas central banks ensuring the gold value of the dollar in the
event the U.S.devalued its currency. One of the reasons central banks did not want to hold too many dollars in
their reserves was the fear of these dollars suddenly losing their value if the American government devalued. A gold
standstill would be an agreement where central banks holding dollars agree to not purchase gold from the U.S.
Treasury for a specified period of time.
56 Memo, Coppock to Johnson, 1 August 1962, DDC 1993.
57 Memo, Kaysen to the president, 6 July 1962, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 138.
49
58 Memo, Ball to the president, “A Fresh Approach to the Gold Problem,” 24 July 1962, the Papers of George W.
Ball, Box no. 15b, “Memorandum to the president on the Gold Problem,” Seeley G. Mudd Manuscript Library,
Princeton University.
59 Dillon, memo for the president, 7 August 1962, Acheson Papers, State Department and White House Adviser,
Report to the president on the Balance of Payments, 2-25-63, Harry S. Truman Presidential Library.
60 The tapes of the top meetings to discuss international monetary strategy have recently been made available. The
sharpness of the dispute between Dillon and Roosa on one hand and Ball, Kaysen, Tobin on the other comes out
quite clearly. So does Kennedy’s frustration at being unable to determine what policy to chose. For transcripts see
Tape 11, 10 August 1962, 11:20 a.m. –12:30 p.m., President’s Office Files, transcribed by Francis J. Gavin, and
Tape 14, 20 August 1962, 4:00-5:30 p.m., President’s Office Files, transcribed by Francis J. Gavin.
61 Memo, president for the secretary of the treasury, the under secretary of state, and chairman of the CEA, August
24, 1962, National Security Files, Department and Agencies, Treasury, 6/62 – 4/63/ 289, Kennedy Library.
62 The whole subject of high-level monetary negotiations during the Johnson-Leddy mission was shrouded in
mystery and innuendo. When Leddy and Johnson asked Giscard what Chancellor of Exchequer Maudling’s thoughts
were on the subject, Giscard replied that “the two were in agreement that there should be high level secret
discussions of the subject.” (memo from Dillon and Ball to the president, 12 September 1962, with attachment,
memo for Dillon and Ball from Johnson and Leddy, 10 September 1962, FRUS, 1961-63, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 146.)
Giscard did not tell Johnson and Leddy what the “subject” actually was. Was it the hoped for initiative to limit
gold takings? Giscard didn’t say, and the American representatives thought it imprudent to ask. Several days later,
British representatives asked the Americans what Giscard had said, and after being told, observed that “the whole
affair was mysterious.” The next day, French officials said the same thing  The American team decided to drop the
issue until after the IMF and World Bank meeting, because they believed that “open pressure on the French might
lead them to think that political questions could be successfully interjected.”
63 See Jacques Rueff, Le lancinant probleme des balance de paiments (Paris, Payot, 1965).
50
64 Press Conference, 4 February 1965, from Charles de Gaulle, Discours et messages, vol. 4: “Pour l’effort, Aout
1962-Decembre 1965” (Paris, 1993).
65 de Gaulle’s biographer, Jean Lacouture, argues that de Gaulle was interested in attacking the privileges of the
during the Kennedy period. See Lacouture, de Gaulle, The Ruler, 1945-1970 (New York, 1992), p 381.
66 Herve Alphand, L’etonnement d’etre (Paris, Fayard, 1977), 380-381.
67 Memo for the secretary of the treasury, 19 January 1963, UPA, President’s Office Files, Treasury, 25.
68 Summary record of NSC executive committee meeting, No. 38 (Part II), 25 January 1963, F RU S , 13: 1994, 488.
69 For the issues surrounding France’s rejection of Great Britain’s application to enter the Common Market and de
Gaulle’s rejection of Kennedy’s offer of nuclear assistance see Soutou, L’alliance incertaine, 230-240. In large
measure, de Gaulle was reacting to the result of the Anglo-American Nassau conference, where Kennedy offered
British prime minister Harold Macmillan the Polaris missile system to replace the Skybolt missile, which had been
cancelled. Kennedy offered de Gaulle the same weapon; but since he did not have the submarines to fire the
weapon, he considered the weapons worthless. It turns out that Kennedy was willing to discuss any aspect of the
offer, including helping de Gaulle build the submarines. Marc Trachtenberg argues that the French were genuinely
interested in this offer until George Ball essentially sabotaged Kennedy’s policy during his January meeting with de
Gaulle. See Trachtenberg, A Constructed Peace, 359-70. Kennedy commissioned Richard E. Neustadt to write an
in-house history and analysis of the events that led to the disastrous Nassau meeting and subsequent de Gaulle press
conference. See the recently declassified “Skybolt and Nassau, American Policy-Making and Anglo-American
Relations,” 15 November 1963, the Papers of Francis Bator, Johnson Library.
70 For the origins, meaning, and implications of the Franco-German Treaty see Lacouture, de Gaulle, 333-62;
Schwarz, Adenauer, 662-75; and Soutou, L’alliance incertain, 241-59.
51
71 Summary record of NSC executive committee meeting No. 39, 31 January 1963, FRUS, 13: 1994, 158.
72 Memo, State to Bundy, “A Proposal for Strengthening our International Financial Position,” 24 January 1963,
RG 59, SF 1963, FN 12, box 3451, U.S. National Archives, College Park, Maryland.
73 Remarks of President Kennedy to the National Security Meeting, January 22, 1963, FRUS, 13: 1994, 486.
74 Summary record of NSC executive committee meeting, No. 38 (Part II), January 25, 1963, ibid., 486-487.
75 Summary record of NSC executive committee meeting, No. 39, 31 January 1963, ibid., 159-161.
76 Summary record of NSC executive committee meeting No. 40, 5 February 1963, ibid., 178.
77 Memorandum for the record, “Joint Chiefs of Staff Meeting with the president, 28 February 1963 – Force
Strengths in Europe,” 28 February 1963, ibid., 517.
78 For the idea that U.S.-Soviet relations moved toward “détente” during 1963, which made it possible for the
superpowers to cooperate on a range of issues, from Berlin to nuclear proliferation, to the consternation of the
Germans see Frank A. Mayer, Adenauer and Kennedy, A Study in German-American Relations, 1961-63 (New
York, 1996); Vladislav Zubok and Constantine Pleshakov, Inside the Kremlin’s Cold War: From Stalin to
Khrushchev (Cambridge, MA, 1996), esp. 236-74; Hans-Peter Schwarz , Konrad Adenauer, German Politician and
Statesman in a Period of War, Revolution and Reconstruction (Providence, 1997), especially the chapter entitled
“We Are the Victims of American Détente Policy,” 687-99; Marc Trachtenberg, A Constructed Peace, The Making
of the European Settlement, 1945-1963 (Princeton, 1999), especially chapter 9. Note the following analysis of
superpower relations after the Cuban Missile Crisis from p. 271 from Zubok and Pleshakov Inside the Kremlin’s
Cold War: “By the end of the crisis, Khrushchev began to lean on the idea of joint management of the world with
the United States much more than his Communist creed and his – albeit very crude – sense of social justice
permitted …. The taming of the Cold War, fifteen years after its inception, and almost a decade after Stalin’s death,
finally happened.” As Schwarz points out Adenauer saw these developments as a threat to the Federal Republic’s
52
security, “Adenauer again complained bitterly about the Americans, they would deceive no-one, but they were a
people at the mercy of such changing moods  …. Adenauer’s immediate entourage was very familiar with his
obsession that the Kennedy administration … was prepared to come to an American-Soviet arrangement over Berlin
and Germany, despite the Cuba crisis. He became more and more obsessed with this idee fixe as 1963 advanced.
Every event aroused his deepest distrust …. the lowest point in relations with the United States was reached in
August 1963 during the quarrel about the GDR signing the Test Ban Treaty.” Adenauer, 666.
79 Memo, Rostow for the president, “Balance of Payments Problem,” February 4, 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995,
161.
80 Memo, Dillon for the president, February 11, 1963, ibid., 163.
81 Reeves, President Kennedy, 431.
82 Transcript of oral history interview with Dean Acheson, 31, Kennedy Library.
83 “In this whole discussion I have not mentioned the possibility of a change in the rate of exchange of the dollar.
This is not because there is anything in the nature of the universe or the Constitution or good common sense to
prevent the consideration of this matter at an appropriate time …. I do not think that time is now …. I did not want
you, however, to think I thought this subject unmentionable.” Acheson to the president, cover letter for Dean
Acheson, “Recommendations Relating to United States International Payments Problem,” February 25, 1963,
President’s Office Files, 27, Special Correspondence Series, Kennedy Library.
84 Acheson oral history, Kennedy Library.
85 “Meeting between the president and Mr. Dean Acheson, February 26, 1963, 11 AM, on Balance of Payments,”
February 27, 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 46.
86 Ibid., 46.
53
87 George Ball, memorandum for the president, “Negotiations at Political Level for Supplementary Financing of
Balance of Payments Deficit,” pp. 2-3, George W. Ball Papers, box 15b, Seeley G. Mudd Manuscript Library,
Princeton University.
88 Rostow to Ball, “Negotiating Posture Balance of Payments,” 26 March 1963, UPA, President’s Office Files,
State, 24, 1.
89 George Ball, memorandum for the president, “Negotiations at Political Level for Supplementary Financing of
Balance of Payments Deficit,” pp. 22-25, George W. Ball Papers, box 15b, Seeley G. Mudd Manuscript Library,
Princeton University.
90 Memorandum for the Record, “Meeting with the president, April 18, 1963, 10,00 A.M. to 12 Noon – Balance of
Payments,” April 24, 1963, National Security Files, M&M, Meetings with the president, 4/63, 317, Kennedy
Library, 4-5. For Ball’s proposal to restrict the sale of foreign securities in the U.S. see George Ball, Memorandum
for the president, “The Possible Restriction of the Sale of Foreign Securities in United States Markets,” 16 April
1963, George W. Ball Papers, box 15b, Seeley G. Mudd Manuscript Library, Princeton University.
91 There is an unsigned memo, perhaps written by the Cabinet Committee on the Balance of Payments, which
rejects capital controls and “extraordinary new arrangements” to fund the deficit. Instead, it recommends that the
U.S. “cut down” and “reduce” American contributions to the common defense. Unidentified and unsigned memo,
“The Balance of Payments,” 26 April 1963, President’s Office Files, Departments and Agencies, Treasury, 4/63, 90,
Kennedy Library.
92 Memorandum from the president to the Cabinet Committee on the Balance of Payments, 20 April 1963,
President’s Office Files, Departments and Agencies, Treasury, 4/63, 90, Kennedy Library.
54
93 “Meeting with the president, April 18, 1963, 10,00 A.M. to 12 Noon-Balance of Payments,” 24 April 1963,
National Security Files, M&M: Meetings with the President, 4/63, 317, John F. Kennedy Presidential Library, p.
4-5.
94 Kitchen to Johnson, “Present Status of Defense Balance of Payments Problems Affecting State Department’s
Interests,” 4 March 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, FN 12, box 3451, 2.
95 See, for example, Brussels to State, May 28, 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6, Box 3747, U.S. National Archives;
Paris to State, 23 May 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6, box 3747.
96 Rusk to Missions in the NATO Capitals, 18 June 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 596-97.
97 Memo, Johnson to Rusk, “Political Effect of Troop Withdrawals from Europe,” 17 May 1963, and attached
report, “The Implications for US National Interests of American Military Retrenchment in Europe,” RG 59, SF
1963, Def 6-8, box 3749.
98 Memo for the Record, “Troop Withdrawals,” 4 September 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6-8, U.S. National
Archives. See also memo, McNamara to the president, “Reduction in Department of Defense Expenditures Entering
the International Balance of Payments,” 16 July 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 73.
99 Memo for the Record, 12 September 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 87.
100 Memo, Rusk to Kennedy, “Department of Defense Proposals for further Reductions in Balance of Payments
Drain,” undated, ibid., 89-93. See also Popper to Schaetzel, “Points for Discussion with Ambassador Finletter,” 19
September 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6, box 3747.
101 Memo, “Meeting on Defense Proposals for further reductions in balance of payments drain, 19 September 1963,
4 PM,” 23 September 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 98.
55
102 Remarks by Roswell Gilpatric, deputy ecretary of defense, at the Annual UPI Editors and Publishers Conference,
19 October 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6-8, box 3749, p. 6.
103 John G. Norris, “Pentagon to Seek Showdown on Basic NATO Strategy,” Washington Post, 20 October 1963,
A-15.
104 Johnson to Rusk, “U.S. Policy on our Public Position on Troop Withdrawals,” October 21, 1963, RG 59, SF
1963, Def 6-8, box 3749, U.S. National Archives, 1.
105 Johnson to Rusk, “U.S. Policy on our Public Position on Troop Withdrawals,” October 21, 1963, ibid., 1.
106 Memo, Bundy to Gilpatric, 18 October 1963, National Security Files, Departments and Agencies, Defense, box
274, Kennedy Library.
107 Memo, Bundy to Gilpatric, 18 October 1963, ibid., 2. See also Weiss, memorandum for the record, 24 October
1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6, Box 3747.
108 Telegram, State Department to embassy in Germany, 30 July 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 184-185. See also
footnote 1, 184. See also Telegram, State Department to Embassy in Germany, 11 July 1963, FRUS, FRUS, 1961-
63, 9: 176.
109 Memo of Conversation, “Military Offset Arrangements; Developmental Assistance Activities,” 15 November
1962, ibid., p. 157.
110 Donfried, Karen Erika, The Political Economy of Alliance, Issue Linkage in the West German-American
Relationship. (Ph.D. dissertation, The Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, 1991), 110.
111 Kennedy Library Tape No. 102/A38, 30 July 1963 meeting, second side of cassette no. 1, right after first
excision (43,26).
56
112 Gesprach des Botschafters Freiherr von Welck mit Staatspasident Franco in 29 Madrid, May 1963, Akten zur
Auswartigen Politik der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (Munich, 1963) vol. I, no. 185.
113 Ibid., no. 185, footnote 9.
114 Memo of conversation, “Trade and Fiscal Policy Matters,” 24 June 1963, FRUS, 1961-63, 9: 1995, 170.
115 Memcon, “U.S. Troop Reductions in Europe,” 24 September 1963, ibid., 187.
116 Gesprach des Bundeskanzlers Adenauer mit dem amerikanischen Verteidigungsminister McNamara, 31 July
1963. Akten zur Auswartigen Politik der Bundesrepublik Deutschland, 1963, vol. II, no. 257.
117 See the sources and Adenauer quote in fn. 77.
118 Kennedy-Bundy-Rusk-McNamara Meeting, 10 December 1962, 3, FRUS 1961-63, vos. 13-15, microfiche
supplement, document 27.
119 See Schwarz, Adenauer, 688, “This was linked to a situation of considerable change in the international political
scene, which was considerably altered in the spring of 1963. Kennedy and Khrushchev drew the same conclusions
from the Cuban crisis. After they had stared into the abyss of nuclear war, they believed it advisable to turn to
détente . . . This meant, that in Europe, the Soviet Union must also be prepared not to make any more threats to
the Western allies’ encalve of Berlin. The acceptance of the GDR and the Wall were also the price of détente. U.S.
and British readiness for an agreement in arms control also had to be taken into account; this would be at the cost
of basic German positions that until then had been vigorously defended (emphasis added).
120 For a document showing the Germans analyzing and weighing all their foreign policy options, but suggesting
that the FRG had little choice but to follow the American line see “Aufzeichnung des Staatssekretars Carstens,” 16
August 1963, Akten zur Auswartigen Politik der Bundesrepublik Deutschland, vol. 2 (Munich, 11994), 306.
57
121 This quote is taken from Hubert Zimmerman, “Dollars, Pounds, and Transatlantic Security, Conventional
Troops and Monetary Policy in Germany’s Relations to the United States and the United Kingdom 1955-1967,”
(Ph.D. diss., European University Institute, 1997). Original document is from the Papers of George McGhee, 1988
add, box 1, memorandum on von Hassel Rusk talks, 10 October 1963.
122 Background Paper, “Germany and the U.S. Balance of Payments,” 20 December 1963, National Security Files,
Country File, Germany, box 190, LBJL, 1. See also Soutou, L’alliance incertaine, 265.
123 Brief Talking Points on Offset Agreement, 26 December 1963, National Security Files, Country File, Germany,
box 190, Johnson Library.
124 The story of the battle within the West German CDU/CSU parties over foreign policy is told in Schwarz,
Adenauer, 676-98. There were many other issues involved in Adenauer’s removal from the chancellorship in the
fall of 1963, including the infamous “Spiegal” affair. But it is clear that Ludwig Erhard understood the
implications of Adenauer’s turn toward France, a policy he reversed upon entering office. Part of this reversal
included an affirmation of the U.S. troop-offset link.
125 “Excerpt from Proposed Speech by Secretary Rusk at Frankfurt, Germany, on Sunday, 27 October 1963,” RG
59, SF 1963, Def 6-8, box 3749.
126 “President’s news conference statements on US Troop levels was widely covered in Saturday’s German press
under such headlines as, ‘Kennedy puts an end to speculation’ (Die Welt), Kennedy decides against troop
withdrawals from Germany’ (Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung); and ‘Troops remain in Germany’ (Deutsche Zeit
Ung). Bonn to Secretary of State, 2 November 1963, RG 59, SF 1963, Def 6-8, box 3749.
127 McNamara to the president, 19 September 1966, Papers of Francis Bator, box 21, 1. Also in National Security
Files, Trilateral Negotiations and NATO, box 50, Johnson Library.
58
128 The transatlantic bargain between the United States and the Federal Republic of Germany would be threatened in
1966 and 1967, until a new arrangement was negotiated during the Trilateral Talks. See Francis J. Gavin,
“Defending Europe and the Dollar, The Politics of the United States Balance of Payments, 1958-1968 (Ph.D. diss.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1997) chapter 5; and Gregory Treverton, The Dollar Drain and American Forces in
Germany (Athens, 1978).
129 There are other historical examples of the interconnectedness of monetary and security policy in international
relations. As Marc Trachtenberg and Stephen Schuker demonstrated in their studies, the Franco-German clash over
reparations after WWI — an ostensibly economic clash that on the surface seemed to be over highly technical
monetary issues — in fact masked a fundamental dispute over the shape of the balance of power in Europe after the
First World War. See Stephen Schuker, The End of French Predominance in Europe, The Financial Crisis of 1924
and the Adoption of the Dawes Plan (Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1976); and Marc
Trachtenberg, Reparation in World Politics, France and European Economic Diplomacy, 1916-1923 (New York,
1980).
130 For example, what is the real relationship between the monetary chaos of the 1920s and 1930s, the collapse of
the international monetary system, the intensification of international political rivalry and the origins of the Second
World War in both Asia and Europe?

http://www.utexas.edu/lbj/faculty/gavin/articles/gold_battles.pdf

***

International Bank for Reconstruction and Development

Available in: ???????, Español, Français

ibrd-hpimage.gif

The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) aims to reduce poverty in middle-income and creditworthy poorer countries by promoting sustainable development through loans, guarantees, risk management products, and analytical and advisory services. Established in 1944 as the original institution of the World Bank Group, IBRD is structured like a cooperative that is owned and operated for the benefit of its 186 member countries.
IBRD raises most of its funds on the world’s financial markets and has become one of the most established borrowers since issuing its first bond in 1947. The income that IBRD has generated over the years has allowed it to fund development activities and to ensure its financial strength, which enables it to borrow at low cost and offer clients good borrowing terms.

At its Annual Meeting in September 2006, the World Bank — with the encouragement of its shareholder governments — committed to make further improvements to the services it provides its members. To meet the increasingly sophisticated demands of middle-income countries, IBRD is overhauling financial and risk management products, broadening the provision of free-standing knowledge services and making it easier for clients to deal with the Bank.

http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/EXTABOUTUS/EXTIBRD/0,,menuPK:3046081~pagePK:64168427~piPK:64168435~theSitePK:3046012,00.html

***

Why did banks and investment brokerages ever get to work as internal hedge fund players – President and the Economy
Posted by cricketdiane under America – USA, Creating Solutions That Work, Creating Solutions for America, Creating Solutions for Real-life, Cricket D, Cricket Diane C Phillips, Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips, Economics, Economy, International Concerns, Life In The USA – Rotterdam Club, Making It All Work Quickly, Money, New Boston Tea Party Actions, Physics of Change, Principles of Economics, Real-World, Reality-based Analysis, Solutions, Systems Analysis, US At Home – Domestic Policy, United States of America, cricket diane, cricketdiane, macro-economics | Tags: banking, banks, bonds, credit default swaps, cricketdiane, hedge funds, macroeconomics 2010, President Obama financial reform, proprietary trading, Wall Street | (edit this)
Leave a Comment

***

Today – 01-21-10
President Obama is announcing financial reform guidelines including the exclusion of banks from engaging in proprietary trading and investing their own funds into internal hedge funds while having inside knowledge of auctions / trades and using taxpayer dollars to cover their losses. Also announced the intention for risk to no longer be concentrated due to consolidating many smaller and mid-sized firms into large conglomerate ones – President Obama described the intention to proceed with regulations that would no longer allow huge banking, investment, brokerage and financial institutions to become conglomerate concentrations of risk and of such size to jeopardize the entire system if they were to fail.

On CNN 11.41 – 11.44 amET
check transcript and WhiteHouse website for transcript / video clip of announcement

(34) – CNN – LIVE
President (Uncle Barack) Obama and Vice President (Uncle Joe) Biden

***

Paul Volcker has been talking about these things for a year – anchor’s comment

***

Proprietary trading
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Proprietary trading, proprietary trading desk, or “prop desk” are terms used in investment banking to describe when the firm’s traders actively trade stocks, bonds, options, commodities, derivatives or other financial instruments with its own money as opposed to its customers’ money, so as to make a profit for itself. Although investment banks are usually defined as businesses which assist other business in raising money in the capital markets (by selling stocks or bonds), in fact most are also involved in trading for their own accounts as well. They may use a variety of strategies such as index arbitrage, statistical arbitrage, merger arbitrage, fundamental analysis, volatility arbitrage or macro trading, much like a hedge fund. Many reporters and analysts believe investment banks purposely leave ambiguous the amount of non proprietary trading they do versus the amount of proprietary trading they do because it is felt that proprietary trading is riskier and results in more volatile profits.
Contents

* 1 The relationships between trading and investment banking
* 2 Arbitrage
* 3 Conflicts of interest in proprietary trading
* 4 Famous trading banks and traders
* 5 References
* 6 External links

The relationships between trading and investment banking

Investment banks are defined as companies that assist other companies in raising financial capital in the capital markets, through things like the issuance of stocks and bonds. Trading has almost always been associated with investment banks however, because they are often required to make a market in the stocks and bonds they help issue.

For example, if General Store Co. sold stock with an investment bank, whoever first bought shares would possibly have a hard time selling them to other individuals if people are not familiar with the company. The investment bank agrees to buy the shares sold in order to find a buyer. This provides liquidity to the markets. The bank normally does not care about the fundamental, intrinsic value of the shares, but only that it can sell them at a slightly higher price than it could buy them. To do this, an investment bank employs traders. Over time these traders began to devise different strategies within this system to earn even more profit independent of providing client liquidity, and this is how proprietary trading was born.

The evolution of proprietary trading at investment banks has come to the point whereby banks employ multiple desks of traders devoted solely to proprietary trading with the hopes of earning added profits above that of market-making trading. These desks are often considered internal hedge funds within the investment bank, performing in isolation away from client-flow traders.

Proprietary desks routinely have the highest value at risk among other desks at the bank. Investments banks such as Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank, and Merrill Lynch are known to earn a significant portion of their quarterly and annual profits through proprietary trading efforts.[citation needed] Unlike other type of auctioneers, the traders in investment banks are allowed to bid shares while conducting the auction.

If you think a trader’s ability to see the incoming orders for the trade gives him a built in advantage when trading for himself, you are not wrong. It is like being in the card game in which only one of the players has the ability to see everyone else’s hand.
Arbitrage

One of the main strategies of trading traditionally associated with investment banks is arbitrage. In the most basic sense, arbitrage is defined as taking advantage of a price discrepancy through the purchase/sale of certain combinations of securities to lock in a profit.

Many people confuse arbitrage with what is essentially a normal investment. The difference between arbitrage and a typical investment is the amount of risk: the risk in what is known as arbitrage today (to distinguish it from theoretical arbitrage, which effectively does not exist) is market neutral. From the second the trade is executed, a profit is locked in. Investment banks, which are often active in many markets around the world, constantly watch for arbitrage opportunities.

One of the more notable areas of arbitrage, called risk arbitrage, evolved in the 1980’s. When a company plans to buy another company, often the price of a share in the capital of the buyer falls (because the buyer will have to pay money to buy the other company) and the price of a share in the capital of the other company rises (because the buyer usually buys those shares at a price higher than the current price). When an investment bank believes a buyout is imminent, it often sells short the shares of the buyer (betting that the price will go down) and buys the shares of the company being acquired (betting the price will go up).
Conflicts of interest in proprietary trading

There are a number of ways in which proprietary trading can create conflicts of interest between a trader’s interests and those of its customers.[1]

Some suspect that traders engage in “front running”, buying shares in companies the traders’ customers are buying so as to profit from the price increase resulting from the customers’ purchases and thereby harming the customers’ interests.

Some suspect that investment bank salesmen (who encourage customers to buy particular securities) assist their firm’s proprietary traders by encouraging customers to buy securities performing poorly after the proprietary traders have bought them for the firm.

Lastly, because investment banks are key figures in mergers and acquisitions, a possibility exists that the traders could use prohibited inside information to engage in merger arbitrage. Investment banks are required to have a Chinese wall separating their trading and investment banking divisions, however in recent years, dating most recently back to the Enron saga, these have come under great scrutiny.

One example of an alleged conflict of interest can be found in charges brought by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission against Citigroup in 2007.[2]
[edit] Famous trading banks and traders

Famous proprietary traders have included Robert Rubin, Steven A. Cohen, Edward Lampert, and Daniel Och. Some of the investment banks most historically associated with trading was Salomon Brothers and Drexel Burnham Lambert, and currently Goldman Sachs. Nick Leeson took down Barings Bank with unauthorized proprietary positions. Another trader, Brian Hunter, brought down the hedge fund Amaranth Advisors when his massive positions in natural gas futures went bad.
[edit] References

1. ^ “Conflict of Interest Lessons From Financial Services”. 2005-02-22. http://www.complianceweek.com/article/1562/conflict-of-interest-lessons-from-financial-services. Retrieved 2009-01-13.
2. ^ “Citigroup challenges Australian commission’s conflict of interest ruling”. http://www.iht.com/articles/2007/03/23/business/citigroup.php.

[edit] External links

* http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/3004344?f=related
* http://www.trading-lab.com/forums/introduction_proprietary_trading-t305.html

Retrieved from “http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proprietary_trading”
Categories: Financial markets

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proprietary_trading

***

http://www.blackhat.com/

BlackHat DC
Jan. 31 – Feb. 3, 2010
Arlington, VA

Register now for Black Hat DC, the largest and the most important security conference series in the world. It happens Jan. 31-Feb. 3, 2010, in Arlington, Va. Find out more and register.

***

http://www.informationweek.com/news/software/showArticle.jhtml?articleID=222301030

***

The White House

Office of the Press Secretary
For Immediate Release
January 21, 2010
President Obama Calls for New Restrictions on Size and Scope of Financial Institutions to Rein in Excesses and Protect Taxpayers

WASHINGTON, DC- President Obama joined Paul Volcker, former chairman of the Federal Reserve; Bill Donaldson, former chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission; Congressman Barney Frank, House Financial Services Chairman; Senator Chris Dodd, Chairman of the Banking Committee and the President’s economic team to call for new restrictions on the size and scope of banks and other financial institutions to rein in excessive risk taking and to protect taxpayers.

The President’s proposal would strengthen the comprehensive financial reform package that is already moving through Congress.

“While the financial system is far stronger today than it was a year one year ago, it is still operating under the exact same rules that led to its near collapse,” said President Barack Obama. “My resolve to reform the system is only strengthened when I see a return to old practices at some of the very firms fighting reform; and when I see record profits at some of the very firms claiming that they cannot lend more to small business, cannot keep credit card rates low, and cannot refund taxpayers for the bailout.  It is exactly this kind of irresponsibility that makes clear reform is necessary.”

The proposal would:

1.   Limit the Scope – The President and his economic team will work with Congress to ensure that no bank or financial institution that contains a bank will own, invest in or sponsor a hedge fund or a private equity fund, or proprietary trading operations unrelated to serving customers for its own profit.

2.   Limit the Size – The President also announced a new proposal to limit the consolidation of our financial sector.  The President’s proposal will place broader limits on the excessive growth of the market share of liabilities at the largest financial firms, to supplement existing caps on the market share of deposits.

In the coming weeks, the President will continue to work closely with Chairman Dodd and others to craft a strong, comprehensive financial reform bill that puts in place common sense rules of the road and robust safeguards for the benefit of consumers, closes loopholes, and ends the mentality of “Too Big to Fail.”   Chairman Barney Frank’s financial reform legislation, which passed the House in December, laid the groundwork for this policy by authorizing regulators to restrict or prohibit large firms from engaging in excessively risky activities.

As part of the previously announced reform program, the proposals announced today will help put an end to the risky practices that contributed significantly to the financial crisis.

http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/president-obama-calls-new-restrictions-size-and-scope-financial-institutions-rein-e

***

Next Page »

***

IOSCO_Quarterly_Update_January_2010.pdf

03 November 2009 IOSCO Consults on Principles to Mitigate Private Equity Conflicts Of Interest
Consultation period closes on 01 February 2010
The International Organization of Securities Commissions’ (IOSCO) Technical Committee published a Consultation Report on Private Equity Conflicts of Interest. The Report proposes a number of Principles for the effective mitigation of the potential conflicts of interest encountered in private equity firms, and the risks these conflicts pose to fund investors or the efficient functioning of the market.

29 September 2009 Joint Forum Final Release of Report on Special Purpose Entities
The Joint Forum released its paper entitled Report on Special Purpose Entities. This paper serves two broad objectives. First, it provides background on the variety of special purpose entities found across the financial sectors, the motivations of market participants to make use of these structures, and risk management issues that arise from their use. Second, it suggests policy implications and issues for consideration by market participants and the supervisory community.
14 September 2009 IOSCO Publishes Regulatory Standards for Funds of Hedge Funds
The International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) published Elements of International Regulatory Standards on Funds of Hedge Funds Related Issues Based on Best Market Practices containing standards aimed at addressing regulatory issues of investor protection which have arisen due to the increased involvement of retail investors in hedge funds through funds of hedge funds.

04 September 2009 IOSCO Issues Final Regulatory Recommendations on Securitisation and CDS Market
The International Organization of Securities Commissions’ (IOSCO) Technical Committee published Unregulated Financial Markets and Products – Final Report prepared by its Task Force on Unregulated Financial Markets and Products.

http://www.iosco.org/library/briefing_notes/pdf/IOSCO_Quarterly_Update_January_2010.pdf

***

Joint Release
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Office of Thrift Supervision

NR 2010-6
For Immediate Release
January 21, 2010

Agencies Issue Final Rule for Regulatory Capital Standards Related to Statements of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 166 and 167

WASHINGTON — The federal banking and thrift regulatory agencies today announced the final risk-based capital rule related to the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s adoption of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 166 and 167. These new accounting standards make substantive changes to how banking organizations account for many items, including securitized assets, that had been previously excluded from these organizations’ balance sheets.

Banking organizations affected by the new accounting standards generally will be subject to higher risk-based regulatory capital requirements. The rule better aligns risk-based capital requirements with the actual risks of certain exposures. It also provides an optional phase-in for four quarters of the impact on risk-weighted assets and tier 2 capital resulting from a banking organization’s implementation of the new accounting standards.

The final rule, issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Office of Thrift Supervision, will take effect 60 days after publication in the Federal Register, which is expected shortly. Banking organizations may choose to comply with the final rule as of the beginning of their first annual reporting period after November 15, 2009.

# # #

Attachment
Media Contacts:
Federal Reserve     Barbara Hagenbaugh     202-452-2955
OCC     Dean DeBuck     202-874-5770
FDIC     David Barr     202-898-6992
OTS     William Ruberry     202-906-6677

http://occ.gov/ftp/release/2010-6.htm

***

My Note –

It will take a class action suit against the banking and financial institutions for this to change. Apparently the new regulations and reform promised were hindered by the blinding light of the bankers, hedge fund managers, financial executives and their powerful, well-funded lobbyists. The abilities they have to charge themselves nothing in interest or liabilities, while pecking the skin off everybody else in the population to get our nickels and dimes and dollars until no one has anything except for the financial players, is astounding. They have no reason to learn any differently than they have been playing it.

There are no safeguards to insure fair trade, fair consumer practices and a level playing field for the rest of us. And, the bankers and investment / financial institutions, including the credit card companies will continue to drive human lives, families, communities and most of the population straight into generations of poverty while they lavish gifts and the riches of kings upon themselves.

Oh, Marie,    –  Marie Antoinette,

Why did you lose your head?

– cricketdiane, 01-30-10

***

***

http://www.number10.gov.uk/

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KsetKROO4DU&feature=youtube_gdata

number10, Downing Street, UK – official video clip site
Number10.gov.uk logo
The official site of the Prime Minister’s Office

* Home
* News
* Communicate
* Meet the PM
* History and Tour
* Number 10 TV

Search
Home > Afghanistan Conference – PM’s opening remarks
News

* Latest News
* Speeches and Transcripts
* Statements and Articles
* Prime Minister’s Questions
* Press Briefings
* Press Notices
* Webchats

Thursday 28 January 2010
Afghanistan Conference – PM’s opening remarks

London Conference family photograph; PA copyrightThe Prime Minister has delivered his opening remarks to the Afghanistan Conference in London on 28 January 2010.
Read the transcript

Let me first of all welcome you to London –

* My fellow hosts – President Karzai and Secretary General Ban
* Secretary General Rasmussen – representing NATO, the largest partner in the international coalition
* Admiral Stavridis and General McChrystal, who head the international forces: serving with such courage and distinction in Afghanistan, and soon to be over 100,000 strong
* Leaders, foreign ministers and distinguished guests
* Representing over seventy nations and international organisations – including every member of the forty-three nation strong International Security Assistance Force
* And representing also Afghanistan’s key regional and Muslim partners – with whom we are pleased to work, and whose involvement in this worldwide coalition to support peace and stability in this crucial region we especially welcome

This is a decisive time for the international operation that is helping the Afghan people secure and govern their own country. For this conference marks the beginning of the transition process – agreeing the necessary conditions under which we can begin – district by district and province by province – the process for transferring responsibility for security from international forces to Afghan forces.

2009 was a difficult year in Afghanistan – and there will be more tough times ahead.

All our forces have made great sacrifices, with hundreds of lives lost and thousands of casualties sustained; in the last year Britain alone has suffered over 100 fatalities.

But these sacrifices are not in vain – all the countries represented here recognise that this campaign is vital to our own national security, to the stability of this crucial region, and to the security of the world.

We have a clear strategy – as I and President Obama and Secretary General Rasmussen and others set out last autumn – and we are making progress.

A military surge is turning the tide against the Taleban-led insurgency, and at the same time building the capacity of the Afghan forces who are fighting alongside us.

And a civilian surge is ensuring that, as military forces clear areas of Taleban, our stabilisation experts go in immediately to work with local leaders to hold the ground that has been gained.

Britain leads the largest joint military-civilian provincial reconstruction team in Afghanistan. During 2008 we doubled the number of British civilian experts in Helmand – and Secretary Clinton has announced that America is now tripling the number of American civilian personnel deployed; and I urge other countries to follow this lead.

And to help deliver this co-ordinated military and civilian surge across the many countries involved, I welcome the appointment of Mark Sedwill – as the new senior NATO civilian representative in Kabul; and Staffan de Mistura – as the UN Secretary General’s representative in Afghanistan.

I have described our shared strategy as one of “Afghanisation” – building up Afghan institutions – the army, the police, and the Government – so that as they become stronger we can hand over to them the responsibility of tackling terrorism and extremism, and our forces can start to come home.

It will take time – but I believe the conditions set out in the plan we will sign up to today can be met sooner than many expect, and that as a result the process of handover will begin later this year.

This will not signal an end to our support for Afghanistan. I know that none of us here today wants to repeat the mistakes of past decades – when the international community abandoned Afghanistan and the region. But it will mark the beginning of a new phase, and a decisive step towards the Afghans taking control of their own security.

Last November, to support this strategy of Afghanisation, I announced an increase in British forces to 9,500 plus special forces and their support: an uplift that is part of an approach agreed across the international coalition – with America taking the lead and all countries bearing their share of the burden.

36 countries have already offered additional manpower – and I warmly welcome the most recent commitments from Chancellor Merkel: increasing the German troop numbers to 5000, and numbers of police training staff to 260 – an increase of over 50 per cent. And more than eight thousand additional NATO troops have been committed to the campaign since President Obama announced the American increase with more being announced this week.

But in return for this commitment we, as the international community, must today agree with President Karzai plans for the expansion of the Afghan army and police force – and pledge the necessary support to do so.

So we will agree that the Afghan national army will number 134,000 by October 2010 and 171,600 by October 2011.

And similarly today we will commit to supporting a police reform plan: with Afghan national police numbers reaching 109 thousand by this October, and 134 thousand by October 2011.

This will bring Afghan national security forces to 300,000 in total – a presence that is far bigger than our coalition forces.

And because we badly need more international police trainers, the UK is more than doubling the number of military mentoring teams for the Afghan police starting in April of this year.

International forces will be 135,000; Afghan security forces will be 300,000. And the balance will continue to shift towards Afghan security control.

As President Obama made clear last month, by the middle of next year we have to turn the tide in the fight against the insurgency and also in our work to support the Afghan Government in winning the trust of its people.

So today we affirm as an international community that the increase in our military efforts must be matched with governance and economic development – a political and civilian surge to match and complement the current military surge – and with the Afghan Government committed to playing its full part too.

President Karzai – as an international community we will stand united with you in your work on the five areas we agreed at the time of your election – fighting corruption, securing stronger governance, economic development, supporting an Afghan-led peace and reintegration programme, and strengthening the partnerships with Afghanistan’s neighbours. And I commend the progress you have made since then.

Today we welcome your decision to appoint an independent high office of oversight with
investigative and wide-ranging powers and an international monitoring group of experts which will provide regular reports to you, to the Afghan parliament, the Afghan people and to the international community.

I know from my many visits to Helmand that local governance is also critical. We have agreed to provide additional support to train twelve thousand sub-national civil servants in core administrative functions in support of provincial and district governorships by the end of 2011. And I am pleased to announce that in partnership with the Asia Foundation and the Afghan Independent Directorate for Local Governance – the British, American, Canadian and Belgian governments are launching a new performance-based governors’ fund – which will provide more finance for provincial governors – based on need and evidence of accountability and effectiveness.

In return for action on corruption and better governance, the international community will not just maintain its aid but also aim to increase the share which is delivered through the Afghan Government and budget to 50% in the next two years.

And under the heavily indebted poor countries initiative – the World Bank, the IMF and Afghanistan’s major creditors have this week agreed to provide up to $1.6 billion in debt relief from major creditors, taking total debt relief to $11 billion.

But, if Afghanistan is to enjoy greater stability, farmers and working people in towns and villages must have a greater stake in their economic future. So Britain is contributing over £72 million in new programmes to support agriculture and other projects to encourage growth.

And I also welcome chancellor Merkel’s decision earlier this week to double Germany’s development aid to 430 million Euros this year and for the next three years. Overall international aid to Afghanistan in the last financial year was $6.3 billion – making up 45% of Afghan GDP.

International and Afghan forces are weakening the insurgency, applying pressure to its leadership.

But a familiar element of successful conflict resolution through history is to combine this strategy of strengthening our security forces with the offer of a way forward for those prepared to renounce violence and choose to join the political process – so let me welcome today the plans from President Karzai and his Government for an Afghan-led peace and reintegration programme that offers insurgents a way back into mainstream life on the condition that they renounce violence, cut ties with al Qaeda and all other terrorist groups, respect the constitution and pursue their political goals peacefully.

As an international community responding to President Karzai’s leadership, we are today establishing an international trust fund to finance this Afghan-led peace and reintegration programme to provide an economic alternative for those who have none. But for those insurgents who refuse to accept the conditions for reintegration, we will have no choice but to pursue them militarily.
Let me conclude as we look forward to the next conference in Kabul by paying tribute to all those who have served in Afghanistan through these troubled times – not just our brave forces and the Afghan army and police but also the civilian staff – both Afghan and international – who have been doing crucial work with international agencies and non-government organisations.

And let us remember in particular those who gave their lives, making the ultimate sacrifice for the security and stability of Afghanistan and the protection of people at home.

All around the world, thousands of men and women of all religions – including thousands of the Muslim faith – have been murdered in al Qaeda attacks.

Today our message to al Qaeda is clear. And it is the same message we send to all those who pursue violent and extremist ideologies that pervert the true Islamic faith. We will defeat you. Not just on the battlefield, but in the hearts and minds of the people in Afghanistan – and in any and every country where you seek refuge.

For today, the people of the world speak as one. United and resolute we will win the fight against global terrorism; united in supporting the government of Afghanistan to deliver peace and security for its people; and united in our resolve to do what is right to support all those determined to build a more secure, more prosperous life, free of terrorism.

Tags: Afghanistan, London conference
Share this:
delicious logodelicious
digg logodigg
facebook logofacebook
Newsletter
Sign up to our newsletter to keep updated with the latest information from Number 10
Click here to subscribe
Around the Web
Flickr Logo Flickr RSS Feed
Latest Photos
PM with Palestinian President
View all images
Share this: Deliciouslogo Digg logo Facebook logo
YouTube Logo YouTube rss feed
Latest Videos
Preview for Prime Minister’s Podcast 23 Jan 2010 Prime Minister’s Podcast 23 Jan 2010
Fri Jan 29 2010
Preview for Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour
Fri Jan 29 2010
Preview for Employment Opportunities and Support Employment Opportunities and Support
Fri Jan 29 2010
Preview for Haiti – Latest Haiti – Latest
Fri Jan 29 2010
View all videos
Share this: Delicious logo Digg logo Facebook logo
Twitter Logo Twitter rss feed
Latest Commentary
DowningStreet: RT @foreignoffice: Communiqué for #afghanconf just published http://ow.ly/11ohQ
Thursday, January 28, 2010 5:23:02 PM
DowningStreet: RT @foreignoffice: Ivan: among experienced politicians there’s a genuine passion and commitment to ensure #afghanconf will be a turning …
Thursday, January 28, 2010 3:09:06 PM
DowningStreet: @skinpup She was here at No10 this morning before the conf. See picture http://bit.ly/90xlMD – 2nd from right
Thursday, January 28, 2010 3:06:48 PM
DowningStreet: RT @foreignoffice: Watch the #afghanconf live or see video on demand here: http://ow.ly/11jFn
Thursday, January 28, 2010 12:59:41 PM
Read commentary
Share this: Delicious logo Digg logo Facebook logo
Facebook Logo
News and video from Number 10
through a Facebook application
Find us on Facebook

History and Tour
Tour Image
Read more history and view our al

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

Why did banks and investment brokerages ever get to work as internal hedge fund players – President and the Economy

21 Thursday Jan 2010

Posted by CricketDiane in America - USA, Creating Solutions for America, Creating Solutions for Real-life, Creating Solutions That Work, Cricket D, cricket diane, Cricket Diane C Phillips, Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips, cricketdiane, Economics, Economy, International Concerns, Life In The USA - Rotterdam Club, macro-economics, Making It All Work Quickly, Money, New Boston Tea Party Actions, Physics of Change, Principles of Economics, Real-World, Reality-based Analysis, Solutions, Systems Analysis, United States of America, US At Home - Domestic Policy

≈ Leave a comment

Tags

banking, banks, bonds, credit default swaps, cricketdiane, hedge funds, macroeconomics 2010, President Obama financial reform, proprietary trading, Wall Street

***

Today – 01-21-10
President Obama is announcing financial reform guidelines including the exclusion of banks from engaging in proprietary trading and investing their own funds into internal hedge funds while having inside knowledge of auctions / trades and using taxpayer dollars to cover their losses. Also announced the intention for risk to no longer be concentrated due to consolidating many smaller and mid-sized firms into large conglomerate ones – President Obama described the intention to proceed with regulations that would no longer allow huge banking, investment, brokerage and financial institutions to become conglomerate concentrations of risk and of such size to jeopardize the entire system if they were to fail.

On CNN 11.41 – 11.44 amET
check transcript and WhiteHouse website for transcript / video clip of announcement

(34) – CNN – LIVE
President (Uncle Barack) Obama and Vice President (Uncle Joe) Biden

***

Paul Volcker has been talking about these things for a year – anchor’s comment

***

Proprietary trading
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Proprietary trading, proprietary trading desk, or “prop desk” are terms used in investment banking to describe when the firm’s traders actively trade stocks, bonds, options, commodities, derivatives or other financial instruments with its own money as opposed to its customers’ money, so as to make a profit for itself. Although investment banks are usually defined as businesses which assist other business in raising money in the capital markets (by selling stocks or bonds), in fact most are also involved in trading for their own accounts as well. They may use a variety of strategies such as index arbitrage, statistical arbitrage, merger arbitrage, fundamental analysis, volatility arbitrage or macro trading, much like a hedge fund. Many reporters and analysts believe investment banks purposely leave ambiguous the amount of non proprietary trading they do versus the amount of proprietary trading they do because it is felt that proprietary trading is riskier and results in more volatile profits.
Contents

* 1 The relationships between trading and investment banking
* 2 Arbitrage
* 3 Conflicts of interest in proprietary trading
* 4 Famous trading banks and traders
* 5 References
* 6 External links

The relationships between trading and investment banking

Investment banks are defined as companies that assist other companies in raising financial capital in the capital markets, through things like the issuance of stocks and bonds. Trading has almost always been associated with investment banks however, because they are often required to make a market in the stocks and bonds they help issue.

For example, if General Store Co. sold stock with an investment bank, whoever first bought shares would possibly have a hard time selling them to other individuals if people are not familiar with the company. The investment bank agrees to buy the shares sold in order to find a buyer. This provides liquidity to the markets. The bank normally does not care about the fundamental, intrinsic value of the shares, but only that it can sell them at a slightly higher price than it could buy them. To do this, an investment bank employs traders. Over time these traders began to devise different strategies within this system to earn even more profit independent of providing client liquidity, and this is how proprietary trading was born.

The evolution of proprietary trading at investment banks has come to the point whereby banks employ multiple desks of traders devoted solely to proprietary trading with the hopes of earning added profits above that of market-making trading. These desks are often considered internal hedge funds within the investment bank, performing in isolation away from client-flow traders.

Proprietary desks routinely have the highest value at risk among other desks at the bank. Investments banks such as Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank, and Merrill Lynch are known to earn a significant portion of their quarterly and annual profits through proprietary trading efforts.[citation needed] Unlike other type of auctioneers, the traders in investment banks are allowed to bid shares while conducting the auction.

If you think a trader’s ability to see the incoming orders for the trade gives him a built in advantage when trading for himself, you are not wrong. It is like being in the card game in which only one of the players has the ability to see everyone else’s hand.
Arbitrage

One of the main strategies of trading traditionally associated with investment banks is arbitrage. In the most basic sense, arbitrage is defined as taking advantage of a price discrepancy through the purchase/sale of certain combinations of securities to lock in a profit.

Many people confuse arbitrage with what is essentially a normal investment. The difference between arbitrage and a typical investment is the amount of risk: the risk in what is known as arbitrage today (to distinguish it from theoretical arbitrage, which effectively does not exist) is market neutral. From the second the trade is executed, a profit is locked in. Investment banks, which are often active in many markets around the world, constantly watch for arbitrage opportunities.

One of the more notable areas of arbitrage, called risk arbitrage, evolved in the 1980’s. When a company plans to buy another company, often the price of a share in the capital of the buyer falls (because the buyer will have to pay money to buy the other company) and the price of a share in the capital of the other company rises (because the buyer usually buys those shares at a price higher than the current price). When an investment bank believes a buyout is imminent, it often sells short the shares of the buyer (betting that the price will go down) and buys the shares of the company being acquired (betting the price will go up).
Conflicts of interest in proprietary trading

There are a number of ways in which proprietary trading can create conflicts of interest between a trader’s interests and those of its customers.[1]

Some suspect that traders engage in “front running”, buying shares in companies the traders’ customers are buying so as to profit from the price increase resulting from the customers’ purchases and thereby harming the customers’ interests.

Some suspect that investment bank salesmen (who encourage customers to buy particular securities) assist their firm’s proprietary traders by encouraging customers to buy securities performing poorly after the proprietary traders have bought them for the firm.

Lastly, because investment banks are key figures in mergers and acquisitions, a possibility exists that the traders could use prohibited inside information to engage in merger arbitrage. Investment banks are required to have a Chinese wall separating their trading and investment banking divisions, however in recent years, dating most recently back to the Enron saga, these have come under great scrutiny.

One example of an alleged conflict of interest can be found in charges brought by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission against Citigroup in 2007.[2]
[edit] Famous trading banks and traders

Famous proprietary traders have included Robert Rubin, Steven A. Cohen, Edward Lampert, and Daniel Och. Some of the investment banks most historically associated with trading was Salomon Brothers and Drexel Burnham Lambert, and currently Goldman Sachs. Nick Leeson took down Barings Bank with unauthorized proprietary positions. Another trader, Brian Hunter, brought down the hedge fund Amaranth Advisors when his massive positions in natural gas futures went bad.
[edit] References

1. ^ “Conflict of Interest Lessons From Financial Services”. 2005-02-22. http://www.complianceweek.com/article/1562/conflict-of-interest-lessons-from-financial-services. Retrieved 2009-01-13.
2. ^ “Citigroup challenges Australian commission’s conflict of interest ruling”. http://www.iht.com/articles/2007/03/23/business/citigroup.php.

[edit] External links

* http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/3004344?f=related
* http://www.trading-lab.com/forums/introduction_proprietary_trading-t305.html

Retrieved from “http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proprietary_trading&#8221;
Categories: Financial markets

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proprietary_trading

***

http://www.blackhat.com/

BlackHat DC
Jan. 31 – Feb. 3, 2010
Arlington, VA

Register now for Black Hat DC, the largest and the most important security conference series in the world. It happens Jan. 31-Feb. 3, 2010, in Arlington, Va. Find out more and register.

***

http://www.informationweek.com/news/software/showArticle.jhtml?articleID=222301030

***

The White House

Office of the Press Secretary
For Immediate Release
January 21, 2010
President Obama Calls for New Restrictions on Size and Scope of Financial Institutions to Rein in Excesses and Protect Taxpayers

WASHINGTON, DC- President Obama joined Paul Volcker, former chairman of the Federal Reserve; Bill Donaldson, former chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission; Congressman Barney Frank, House Financial Services Chairman; Senator Chris Dodd, Chairman of the Banking Committee and the President’s economic team to call for new restrictions on the size and scope of banks and other financial institutions to rein in excessive risk taking and to protect taxpayers.

The President’s proposal would strengthen the comprehensive financial reform package that is already moving through Congress.

“While the financial system is far stronger today than it was a year one year ago, it is still operating under the exact same rules that led to its near collapse,” said President Barack Obama. “My resolve to reform the system is only strengthened when I see a return to old practices at some of the very firms fighting reform; and when I see record profits at some of the very firms claiming that they cannot lend more to small business, cannot keep credit card rates low, and cannot refund taxpayers for the bailout.  It is exactly this kind of irresponsibility that makes clear reform is necessary.”

The proposal would:

1.   Limit the Scope – The President and his economic team will work with Congress to ensure that no bank or financial institution that contains a bank will own, invest in or sponsor a hedge fund or a private equity fund, or proprietary trading operations unrelated to serving customers for its own profit.

2.   Limit the Size – The President also announced a new proposal to limit the consolidation of our financial sector.  The President’s proposal will place broader limits on the excessive growth of the market share of liabilities at the largest financial firms, to supplement existing caps on the market share of deposits.

In the coming weeks, the President will continue to work closely with Chairman Dodd and others to craft a strong, comprehensive financial reform bill that puts in place common sense rules of the road and robust safeguards for the benefit of consumers, closes loopholes, and ends the mentality of “Too Big to Fail.”   Chairman Barney Frank’s financial reform legislation, which passed the House in December, laid the groundwork for this policy by authorizing regulators to restrict or prohibit large firms from engaging in excessively risky activities.

As part of the previously announced reform program, the proposals announced today will help put an end to the risky practices that contributed significantly to the financial crisis.

http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/president-obama-calls-new-restrictions-size-and-scope-financial-institutions-rein-e

***

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...

The IMF is on the move, the Federal Reserve suggests they will stand pat although they are busy buying up failed securities in the background, the Boeing pipe dream plane stalls from something else, the FDIC continues to arrange for banks failing to buy banks that have failed and generally the news is that it is all okay now – they must be taking some good drugs or have lead in the water or something –

15 Saturday Aug 2009

Posted by CricketDiane in Cricket Diane C Sparky Phillips

≈ 1 Comment

Tags

bankers, banks, Ben Bernanke, Cricket House Studios, cricketdiane, failed banks, FDIC, Federal Reserve, Feral Reserve - now that might make more sense actually, hedge fund managers, hedge funds, IMF, US and Global economic crisis statistics, Wall Street, Wall Street bailouts, World Bank

**
Colonial BancGroup, 4 other banks shut

By MARCY GORDON (AP) – 41 minutes ago

WASHINGTON — Regulators on Friday shut down Colonial BancGroup Inc., a lender in real estate development, in the biggest U.S. bank failure this year, and also closed four banks in Arizona, Nevada and Pennsylvania.

The closures boosted to 77 the number of federally insured banks that have failed in 2009.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. was appointed receiver of the banks: Montgomery, Ala.-based Colonial, with about $25 billion in assets; Community Bank of Arizona, based in Phoenix; Union Bank, based in Gilbert, Ariz.; Community Bank of Nevada, based in Las Vegas; and Dwelling House Savings and Loan Association, located in Pittsburgh.

The FDIC approved the sale of Colonial’s $20 billion in deposits and about $22 billion of its assets to BB&T Corp., which is based in Winston-Salem, N.C. The failed bank’s 346 branches in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Nevada and Texas will reopen at the normal times starting on Saturday as offices of BB&T, the FDIC said.

[etc.]

The failure of Colonial is expected to cost the deposit insurance fund an estimated $2.8 billion.

The 77 bank failures nationwide this year compare with 25 last year and three in 2007.

[ . . . ]

The number of banks on the FDIC’s list of problem institutions leaped to 305 in the first quarter — the highest number since 1994 during the savings and loan crisis — from 252 in the fourth quarter. The FDIC expects U.S. bank failures to cost the insurance fund around $70 billion through 2013.

The May closing of struggling Florida thrift BankUnited FSB is expected to cost the insurance fund $4.9 billion, the second-largest hit since the financial crisis began. The costliest was the July 2008 seizure of big California lender IndyMac Bank, on which the insurance fund is estimated to have lost $10.7 billion.

The largest U.S. bank failure ever also came last year: Seattle-based thrift Washington Mutual Inc. fell in September, with about $307 billion in assets. It was acquired by JPMorgan Chase & Co. for $1.9 billion in a deal brokered by the FDIC.

[ . . . ]

http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5gg9RS-ZvzlfzrcnujKaEDMXrYyYgD9A323VG0

***

Yeah, obviously the economy is all fixed now . . .

– my note

***

It’s official: Colonial BancGroup fails

Bizjournals.com – Crystal Jarvis – ‎29 minutes ago‎
Colonial BancGroup Inc., the third-largest state-chartered bank with $25 billion in assets, was seized by bank regulators Friday in the largest bank failure in Alabama history.
Colonial BancGroup, 4 other banks shut The Associated Press

BB&T CFO: Colonial ‘Strategically And Financially Compelling’

***

And from the bloomberg bunch –

Fed Signals No Rush to Curtail Stimulus as Slump Ends (Update1)

By Scott Lanman

Aug. 13 (Bloomberg)

Sales at U.S. retailers unexpectedly fell 0.1 percent in July as a boost from the cash-for-clunkers automobile incentive program failed to overcome cuts in other spending, Commerce Department figures showed today.

The Fed reiterated the view from its June statement that the economy is “likely to remain weak for a time.” Efforts to revive the economy by the central bank and U.S. government should “contribute to a gradual resumption of sustainable economic growth,” policy makers said.

[ . . ]

“The Fed’s footprint in the $6.8 trillion market of outstanding Treasuries is smaller than in the market for agency mortgage-backed securities, where the central bank is buying $1.25 trillion from a pool of about $5 trillion. A sudden end to the Fed’s purchases of MBS could be especially “problematic” for that market, Dudley said in the interview.”

[etc.]

The commercial real estate industry, under pressure from falling property values and maturing loans, called last month for an extension of the TALF program. Tumbling property values have made it difficult for owners of commercial real estate to refinance $165 billion in mortgages this year.

The FOMC noted yesterday that consumer spending “remains constrained” by job losses, “sluggish income growth, lower housing wealth and tight credit.”

Policy makers “cite a lot of things to suggest we are not on an upward trajectory yet,” said Robert Eisenbeis, a former research director at the Atlanta Fed who’s now chief monetary economist at Cumberland Advisors in Vineland, New Jersey.

To contact the reporter on this story: Scott Lanman in Washington at slanman@bloomberg.net; Craig Torres in Washington at ctorres3@bloomberg.net.
Last Updated: August 13, 2009 11:19 EDT

http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=ae.3n4bOsQYc

***

My Note –

How does their analysis indicate the “slump ends”? Where do they read that in the numbers? I want to hope for the best, but I’m not going to pretend everything is hunkey-damn-dorey if it isn’t. How is that going to help any?

– my comment

***

http://www.fdic.gov/bank/individual/failed/banklist.html

Failed Bank List



The FDIC is often appointed as receiver for failed banks. This page contains useful information for the customers and vendors of these banks. This includes information on the acquiring bank (if applicable), how your accounts and loans are affected, and how vendors can file claims against the receivership. Failed Financial Institution Contact Search displays point of contact information related to failed banks.

This list includes banks which have failed since October 1, 2000.
// <![CDATA[
document.writeln(”
Click arrows next to headers to sort in Ascending or Descending order.
“);
// ]]>
Click arrows next to headers to sort in Ascending or Descending order.

Bank Name

City

State

CERT #

Closing Date

Updated Date

Colonial Bank Montgomery AL 9609 August 14, 2009 August 14, 2009
Union Bank, National Association Gilbert AZ 34485 August 14, 2009 August 14, 2009
Community Bank of Nevada Las Vegas NV 34043 August 14, 2009 August 14, 2009
Community Bank of Arizona Phoenix AZ 57645 August 14, 2009 August 14, 2009
Dwelling House Savings and Loan Association Pittsburgh PA 31559 August 14, 2009 August 14, 2009
Community First Bank Prineville OR 23268 August 7, 2009 August 11, 2009
Community National Bank of Sarasota County Venice FL 27183 August 7, 2009 August 11, 2009
First State Bank Sarasota FL 27364 August 7, 2009 August 11, 2009
First State Bank of Altus Altus OK 9873 July 31, 2009 August 10, 2009
Peoples Community Bank West Chester OH 32288 July 31, 2009 August 10, 2009
Integrity Bank Jupiter FL 57604 July 31, 2009 August 5, 2009
Mutual Bank Harvey IL 18659 July 31, 2009 August 10, 2009
First BankAmericano Elizabeth NJ 34270 July 31, 2009 August 10, 2009
Security Bank of Jones County Gray GA 8486 July 24, 2009 July 30, 2009
Waterford Village Bank Williamsville NY 58065 July 24, 2009 August 11, 2009
Security Bank of Houston County Perry GA 27048 July 24, 2009 July 30, 2009
Security Bank of Gwinnett County Suwanee GA 57346 July 24, 2009 July 30, 2009
Security Bank of North Metro Woodstock GA 57105 July 24, 2009 July 30, 2009
Security Bank of North Fulton Alpharetta GA 57430 July 24, 2009 July 30, 2009
Security Bank of Bibb County Macon GA 27367 July 24, 2009 July 30, 2009
First Piedmont Bank Winder GA 34594 July 17, 2009 August 11, 2009
BankFirst Sioux Falls SD 34103 July 17, 2009 July 23, 2009
Vineyard Bank Rancho Cucamonga CA 23556 July 17, 2009 August 11, 2009
Temecula Valley Bank Temecula CA 34341 July 17, 2009 August 11, 2009
Bank of Wyoming Thermopolis WY 22754 July 10, 2009 July 15, 2009
Elizabeth State Bank Elizabeth IL 9262 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
Rock River Bank Oregon IL 15302 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
First National Bank of Danville Danville IL 3644 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
Millennium State Bank of Texas Dallas TX 57667 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
Founders Bank Worth IL 18390 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
John Warner Bank Clinton IL 12093 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
First State Bank of Winchester Winchester IL 11710 July 2, 2009 August 11, 2009
Community Bank of West Georgia Villa Rica GA 57436 June 26, 2009 August 6, 2009
Neighborhood Community Bank Newnan GA 35285 June 26, 2009 August 6, 2009
Horizon Bank Pine City MN 9744 June 26, 2009 August 11, 2009
MetroPacific Bank Irvine CA 57893 June 26, 2009 August 6, 2009
Mirae Bank Los Angeles CA 57332 June 26, 2009 August 11, 2009
Southern Community Bank Fayetteville GA 35251 June 19, 2009 August 6, 2009
Cooperative Bank Wilmington NC 27837 June 19, 2009 August 6, 2009
First National Bank of Anthony Anthony KS 4614 June 19, 2009 August 6, 2009
Bank of Lincolnwood Lincolnwood IL 17309 June 5, 2009 August 6, 2009
Strategic Capital Bank Champaign IL 35175 May 22, 2009 August 6, 2009
Citizens National Bank Macomb IL 5757 May 22, 2009 August 6, 2009
BankUnited, FSB Coral Gables FL 32247 May 21, 2009 August 6, 2009
Westsound Bank Bremerton WA 34843 May 8, 2009 August 6, 2009
Silverton Bank, NA Atlanta GA 26535 May 1, 2009 August 6, 2009
Citizens Community Bank Ridgewood NJ 57563 May 1, 2009 August 6, 2009
America West Bank Layton UT 35461 May 1, 2009 August 6, 2009
American Southern Bank Kennesaw GA 57943 April 24, 2009 August 6, 2009
Michigan Heritage Bank Farmington Hills MI 34369 April 24, 2009 August 6, 2009
First Bank of Beverly Hills Calabasas CA 32069 April 24, 2009 August 6, 2009
First Bank of Idaho Ketchum ID 34396 April 24, 2009 August 6, 2009
American Sterling Bank Sugar Creek MO 8266 April 17, 2009 August 6, 2009
Great Basin Bank of Nevada Elko NV 33824 April 17, 2009 August 6, 2009
Cape Fear Bank Wilmington NC 34639 April 10, 2009 August 6, 2009
New Frontier Bank Greeley CO 34881 April 10, 2009 August 6, 2009
Omni National Bank Atlanta GA 22238 March 27, 2009 August 6, 2009
FirstCity Bank Stockbridge GA 18243 March 20, 2009 August 11, 2009
Colorado National Bank Colorado Springs CO 18896 March 20, 2009 August 6, 2009
TeamBank, NA Paola KS 4754 March 20, 2009 August 6, 2009
Freedom Bank of Georgia Commerce GA 57558 March 6, 2009 August 6, 2009
Security Savings Bank Henderson NV 34820 February 27, 2009 August 6, 2009
Heritage Community Bank Glenwood IL 20078 February 27, 2009 August 6, 2009
Silver Falls Bank Silverton OR 35399 February 20, 2009 August 6, 2009
Sherman County Bank Loup City NE 5431 February 13, 2009 August 6, 2009
Riverside Bank of the Gulf Coast Cape Coral FL 34563 February 13, 2009 August 6, 2009
Corn Belt Bank & Trust Co. Pittsfield IL 16500 February 13, 2009 August 6, 2009
Pinnacle Bank of Oregon Beaverton OR 57342 February 13, 2009 August 6, 2009
FirstBank Financial Services McDonough GA 57017 February 6, 2009 August 6, 2009
Alliance Bank Culver City CA 23124 February 6, 2009 August 6, 2009
County Bank Merced CA 22574 February 6, 2009 August 6, 2009
MagnetBank Salt Lake City UT 58001 January 30, 2009 August 6, 2009
Suburban FSB Crofton MD 30763 January 30, 2009 August 6, 2009
Ocala National Bank Ocala FL 26538 January 30, 2009 August 6, 2009
1st Centennial Bank Redlands CA 33025 January 23, 2009 August 6, 2009
National Bank of Commerce Berkeley IL 19733 January 16, 2009 August 6, 2009
Bank of Clark County Vancouver WA 34959 January 16, 2009 August 6, 2009
Haven Trust Bank Duluth GA 35379 December 12, 2008 August 6, 2009
Sanderson State Bank
En Español
Sanderson TX 11568 December 12, 2008 August 6, 2009
First Georgia Community Bank Jackson GA 34301 December 5, 2008 August 6, 2009
Community Bank Loganville GA 16490 November 21, 2008 August 6, 2009
Downey Savings & Loan Newport Beach CA 30968 November 21, 2008 August 6, 2009
PFF Bank & Trust Pomona CA 28344 November 21, 2008 August 6, 2009
Franklin Bank, SSB Houston TX 26870 November 7, 2008 August 6, 2009
Security Pacific Bank Los Angeles CA 23595 November 7, 2008 August 6, 2009
Freedom Bank Bradenton FL 57930 October 31, 2008 August 11, 2009
Alpha Bank & Trust Alpharetta GA 58241 October 24, 2008 August 11, 2009
Main Street Bank Northville MI 57654 October 10, 2008 August 6, 2009
Meridian Bank Eldred IL 13789 October 10, 2008 August 6, 2009
Washington Mutual Bank FSB Park City UT 32633 September 25, 2008 August 14, 2009
Washington Mutual Bank Henderson NV 32633 September 25, 2008 April 24, 2009
Ameribank Northfork WV 6782 September 19, 2008 August 6, 2009
Silver State Bank
En Español
Henderson NV 34194 September 5, 2008 August 6, 2009
Integrity Bank Alpharetta GA 35469 August 29, 2008 August 6, 2009
Columbian Bank & Trust Topeka KS 22728 August 22, 2008 August 6, 2009
First Priority Bank Bradenton FL 57523 August 1, 2008 August 6, 2009
First National Bank of Nevada Reno NV 27011 July 25, 2008 August 6, 2009
First Heritage Bank, NA Newport Beach CA 57961 July 25, 2008 August 6, 2009
IndyMac Bank Pasadena CA 29730 July 11, 2008 August 6, 2009
First Integrity Bank, NA Staples MN 12736 May 30, 2008 August 6, 2009
ANB Financial, NA Bentonville AR 33901 May 9, 2008 August 6, 2009
Hume Bank Hume MO 1971 March 7, 2008 August 6, 2009
Douglass National Bank Kansas City MO 24660 January 25, 2008 August 6, 2009

***

http://www.fdic.gov/bank/individual/failed/banklist.html

[And found on this page – ]

http://www.fdic.gov/bank/index.html


Research & Analysis
Access FDIC policy research and analysis of regional and national banking trends.

Bank Data & Statistics
Use searchable databases to find information on specific banks, their branches, and the industry.

My Note – But, the best one is over in the right-hand sidebar –

The Statistics on Banking is a quarterly publication that provides detailed aggregate financial information as well as key structural data (number of institutions and branches) for all FDIC-insured institutions.

In addition to standardized reports, a user has the ability to dynamically generate customized reports for analysis. For example, reports can be created that consist of any combination of single institutions or bank holding companies, standard peer groups of institutions, and custom peer groups of institutions and bank holding companies. For further details, please refer to SDI Home above.

Select one from each of the five categories below:

[etc.]

http://www2.fdic.gov/SDI/SOB/

***

It allows a search for all FDIC insured institutions by state and shows assets and liabilities from loans and securities to overall financial health of the institution. I would take it in perspective to the current economic climate but it gives some interesting insights to the overall financial situation of each state’s banking system.

– my note

***

Flaws halt work on Boeing 787 sections
Fri Aug 14, 2009 2:26pm EDT

By Kyle Peterson

CHICAGO (Reuters) – Boeing Co (BA.N) said on Friday an Italian supplier stopped production in June on two sections of its long-delayed 787 Dreamliner after structural flaws were found on fuselages.

[ . . . ]

Flaws were found on 23 airplanes, starting with the seventh in production, Gunter said. She said a solution has been designed and patches will be applied to all the planes built so far.

“They’re continuing to work on the barrels that they have already fabricated,” Gunter said.

“As we implement this change, we are not going to produce any new barrels until there is an engineering change that will keep the subsequent units from needing to be modified,” she said.

The revolutionary carbon-composite 787 airplane has been delayed repeatedly. On June 23, the same day as the Alenia Aeronautica production halt, Boeing announced another delay to the first test flight of the 787.

http://www.reuters.com/article/wtUSInvestingNews/idUSTRE57D1ST20090814

***

Considering things like the above story in the continuing saga of the Boeing pipe dream 787 – even real-time current numbers don’t mean anything is actually assured nor an appropriate projection in the economy / financial sector. – my comment

***

World Bank Development Research Programs

Select a Program
(or use links below)
All programsClimate ChangeConflictFinance & Pvt Sector ResearchHuman dev’t & public servicesInternational Migration & Dev’tLiving St’ds Measurem’t StudiesMacroeconomics & GrowthPovertySustainable Rural & Urban Dev’tTrade
Thumbnail image for climate control program Climate Change
The research covers issues of climate change impacts and adaptation for developing countries; national and international possibilities for mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions; and opportunities and challenges for international responses to climate change.
Conflict Economics of Conflict
This research studies three pivotal areas in post-conflict development: democracy and service delivery, powersharing and peace, and informed macroeconomic policy and development.
EA Prospects Icon East Asia’s Economic Prospects
This research aims to identify and analyze some of the principal drivers of current and future growth in the major economies of the region.
Finance Research Finance and Private Sector Development
This research focuses on understanding the role of the financial and private sectors in promoting economic development, and reducing poverty and identifying policies to improve their effectiveness.
Human Development & Public Services Human Development & Public Services
This research examines factors that contribute to human development, especially in the areas of health, education and social protection, how to improve the coverage and quality of services and broader institutions in support of human development, and the effective use of aid.
International Migration & Development
This research includes extensive data-gathering and analysis on the development impact of migration, so as to identify migration policies, regulations and institutional reforms that will lead to improved development outcomes.
LSMS Living Standards Measurement Study (LSMS)
This research provides datasets and methodological lessons from the LSMS household surveys, important tools in measuring and understanding poverty in developing countries.
Macroeconomics & Growth Macroeconomics & Growth
This research seeks to identify the factors behind the diversity in aggregate economic performance across the world and understand how it is affected by policy and institutional changes under different country circumstances.
Poverty Poverty & Inequality
This research aims to improve current data and methods of poverty and inequality analysis, and use it to better understand the effectiveness of specific policies to reduce poverty and inequality.
Sustainable Rural and Urban Development Sustainable Rural and Urban Development
This research aims to formulate sustainable policies to support rural and urban development, and poverty reduction.
Trade Trade & International Integration
This research seeks to better understand the role of international trade in goods and services, foreign direct investment, and migration, in economic development.

Last updated: 2009-03-04

Permanent URL for this page: http://go.worldbank.org/60DJQTKQC0

http://econ.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/EXTDEC/EXTRESEARCH/EXTPROGRAMS/0,,contentMDK:20227695~menuPK:475424~pagePK:478091~piPK:475420~theSitePK:475417,00.html?
***

NEW YORK (Reuters) – Tremont Group Holdings, which lost more than $3 billion investing clients money with Ponzi mastermind Bernard Madoff, is set to auction most of its remaining hedge fund assets in the coming weeks, the Wall Street Journal reported Friday.

Portfolios recently valued at $420 million, including some hedge fund holdings, will be sold off through an auction managed by investment bank Duff & Phelps, the paper said.

Tremont wants to return as much money as possible to clients in its fund-of-hedge funds business. This unit had a small portion of its client money invested with Madoff, but news of the scandal and Tremont’s exposure last December sparked an exodus by investors.

[etc.]

Madoff feeder Tremont to auction fund assets: report
Fri Aug 14, 2009 4:48pm EDT

http://www.reuters.com/article/innovationNews/idUSTRE57D4LB20090814

Tremont is a unit of customer-owned Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Co.

Tremont Group had invested more than half of its assets with Madoff’s firm, primarily through feeder funds that in turn invested solely with the fraudster.

The fund-of-funds unit, Tremont Capital Management, had $200 million out of a total $3 billion in assets before the Madoff fraud was exposed.

[ . . . ]

As of the second quarter, Tremont holdings included investments with Cerberus Capital Management, GoldenTree Asset Management, Perry Partners and Canyon Capital Advisors, among others.

(from Reuters article above)
(Reporting by Joseph A. Giannone; Editing by Bernard Orr)

http://www.reuters.com/article/innovationNews/idUSTRE57D4LB20090814

***

My Note – maybe they didn’t hear the cable news experts explain how everything is okay now and its back to business as usual based on the end of the slump news from Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke and other analysts . . .

Don’t they have any way to simply continue telling people how secure it is while gambling away their clients money like the rest of the Wall Street brokers, traders, bankers and hedge fund managers do and have done?

– “as it turns out . . . ” (maybe the name of a new soap opera that uses character references from the elite cream of the crop out of Harvard – since they are so good at knowing more of what works than reality can bear – just a thought.)

– cricketdiane, 08-15-09

***

IMF to Make $250 Billion SDR Allocation on August 28

The IMF’s Board of Governors agrees to inject the equivalent of $250 billion in Special Drawing Rights to member countries to provide liquidity to the global economic system by supplementing their foreign exchange reserves. The allocation will be made on August 28.

click for moreTable: New SDR Allocations
click for moreSpecial Drawing Rights Q&A

click for moreFactsheet: SDRs

click for moreMore Top Stories

[from -]

http://www.imf.org/external/index.htm
***
I just made up this title and it is very appropriate –

The IMF is on the move, the Federal Reserve suggests they will stand pat although they are busy buying up failed securities in the background, the Boeing pipe dream plane stalls from something else, the FDIC continues to arrange for banks failing to buy banks that have failed and generally the news is that it is all okay now – they must be taking some good drugs or have lead in the water or something – ”

Ah, to be paid as an analyst that has been as wrong as they’ve been and still get paid – no, never mind – that doesn’t work for me – that is a degree of insanity I don’t want to bear even though getting paid even after making critical errors as serious as theirs have been might not be too dire . . .

– cricketdiane, 08-15-09
***
I was going to add some other things I had found but, nah – it can wait until tomorrow, except for this –

http://www.reuters.com/article/newsOne/idUSTRE57D45Z20090814

Space review panel says moon, Mars out of reach
Fri Aug 14, 2009 3:27pm EDT

By Irene Klotz

CAPE CANAVERAL, Florida (Reuters) – The U.S. plan to return astronauts to the moon by 2020 will not happen without a big boost in NASA’s budget, leaving only the International Space Station as a viable target for the country’s human space program, according to a presidential review panel.

The Human Space Flight Plans committee, which presented its preliminary findings to the White House on Friday, concluded that a human mission to Mars currently would be too risky.

Developing new spaceships to replace the retiring space shuttle fleet and bigger rockets to reach the moon would require about $3 billion more per year, the panel headed by former Lockheed Martin chief Norm Augustine said.

[ . . .]

The committee said the new U.S. exploration initiative — aimed at landing astronauts on the moon by 2020 — is doomed because its 10-year, $108 billion budget has been shaved by about $30 billion.

“We can’t do this program in this budget,” said panel member Sally Ride, a former astronaut. “This budget is simply not friendly to exploration.”

[ . . . ]

The only human space program affordable under NASA’s existing budget is an enhanced space station, one that has a side benefit of seeding a commercial passenger-launch services market, said the panel, which completed a series of public meetings this week.

[etc.]

NASA currently has no funding in place after 2015 for the space station, a $100 billion project of 16 nations.

Construction of the station is scheduled to be finished next year after seven more flights of the space shuttle, which orbits 225 miles above the planet.

After the shuttles are retired, NASA plans to pay Russia to transport crews to the station. The panel’s recommendations include adding $2.5 billion into NASA’s budget between 2011 and 2014 for commercial launch services to the space station.

http://www.reuters.com/article/newsOne/idUSTRE57D45Z20090814

***

So after everybody including China is on their way to manned mission to the moon and other space program missions – here we sit –

***

Share this:

  • Pinterest
  • Tumblr
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • More
  • Print
  • Reddit

Like this:

Like Loading...
← Older posts

Blogroll

  • CricketD's Got No Money Guide Series by CricketDiane
  • Got No Money Guides by Cricket Diane C Phillips on wordpress
  • New Visual and Adaptive Living Tools Blog
  • WordPress.org
  • www.patents.com

Cricketdiane Stuff Found Here

  • A Adaptive Living Tools Store
  • A CricketDiane Cricket House Studios Store
  • A CricketDiane's Men's Ugly Ties
  • A Custom Design Palette Store
  • A Extreme Designs
  • AA – New CricketDiane Website
  • Cricket Diane C Phillips Creating Art – CricketHouseStudios
  • Cricket Diane’s Ocean Paintings and Art Cards 2007
  • CricketD's Got No Money Guide Series by CricketDiane
  • CricketDiane at Twitter
  • CricketDiane Got No Money Guide Series
  • CricketDiane New York City Walkabout Nifty Stuff
  • CricketDiane on Facebook
  • CricketDiane on Pinterest
  • Cricketdianes deviantart gallery
  • New Visual and Adaptive Living Tools Blog
  • New York City Cricket Guide
  • New York City Outsiders Guide by CricketDiane
  • New York Walkabout
  • The America the Beautiful Show blog by CricketDiane
  • The America the Beautiful Show Channel at YouTube
  • YouTube CricketDiane, Cricket House Studios – Videos

Top Posts

  • What would we do without gasoline?
  • Strange Conspiracy in a Land of Freedom, Honor and Integrity 4 - Washington and what human rights and civil rights are? Have our leaders ever had integrity, decency and honor?
  • US economic crisis info
  • Oil Spill now called hydrocarbons instead of petroleum or crude oil in the Gulf of Mexico - okay - but they still should've stuck the booms around the oil and corraled the hydrocarbons out in the Gulf and sucked the "hydrocarbons" petroleum crude oil into a tanker before it spread
  • What are they doing? - this is a national emergency with the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico - not a Sunday outing
  • Mining Oil - Mining - Gushing Oil in the Gulf of Mexico - Facts and Fantasy - The Fact is it exploded into fire - The fantasy is that doesn't mean anything and its safe -
  • CO2 - carbon dioxide - carbon sequestration - uses for carbon dioxide - plant a green thing -
  • Raw Data - nuclear terrorism and stuff - unseparated
  • How I learn - (cont.)
  • These are the foundations of our economic crisis and other insanities of influence over taking away the rights of the American people - no wonder they can't hear us -

New Cricket House Studios – cricketdiane stuff

  • Corruption of President’s Actions Affects US and the International Community -Ukraine Transcript IS Proof
  • DNI Maguire Broke The Law For His Own Fealty To The President – Arrest Him Like Any Of The Rest Of Us Would Be
  • “Moscow Mitch” Soybeans and Aluminum
  • US Congress Party Control 1965 – 2019
  • Nifty New Products and an Amazing Rainbow Tie I Forgot That I Created – Cool
  • And another thing
  • Hurricane Florence in Real Time Live Streaming Cams Plus Helpful Info
  • Hurricane Update Sites – Hurricane Florence
  • Customizing Rainbow Pop Art Wall Decal Design Makes Amazing New Choices
  • Interesting Independent Designer Products You Can Buy Online
  • Elsewhere
  • Ocean Beach Posters for Beach Decor by CricketDiane and Cricket House Studios
  • Little Donnie Dare Trump limericks for the Resistance – SecondCivilWarLetters 4th of July 2018
  • Why the rights of citizens are in jeopardy in the United States right now
  • Introducing the Little Shop Out Back Preview for Studios of CricketDiane Art and New Ocean Paintings

Cricket Diane

  • 5 Nerdy Goodies that are Geeky Gifts I’ve Designed on Zazzle
  • About Cricket Diane
  • Archives Cricket House Studios
  • CricketDiane in the Studio Working
  • CricketDiane Surface Design Products
  • Got No Money Guides by Cricketdiane
  • International concerns – Mideast
  • Ocean Paintings
  • Private Equity Purchase of Toys R Us Required Toys R Us to Pay the Full Price of Being Bought – Is that Right?

Archives

  • September 2019
  • August 2019
  • June 2019
  • December 2018
  • September 2018
  • August 2018
  • July 2018
  • June 2018
  • May 2018
  • April 2018
  • March 2018
  • February 2018
  • January 2018
  • May 2017
  • April 2017
  • March 2017
  • January 2017
  • December 2016
  • November 2016
  • August 2016
  • July 2016
  • June 2016
  • May 2016
  • April 2016
  • March 2016
  • June 2015
  • May 2015
  • April 2015
  • March 2015
  • February 2015
  • January 2015
  • December 2014
  • November 2014
  • October 2014
  • September 2014
  • August 2014
  • July 2014
  • June 2014
  • May 2014
  • April 2014
  • March 2014
  • February 2014
  • January 2014
  • December 2013
  • November 2013
  • October 2013
  • September 2013
  • August 2013
  • July 2013
  • June 2013
  • May 2013
  • April 2013
  • March 2013
  • February 2013
  • January 2013
  • December 2012
  • November 2012
  • September 2012
  • August 2012
  • July 2012
  • June 2012
  • May 2012
  • April 2012
  • March 2012
  • February 2012
  • January 2012
  • December 2011
  • November 2011
  • October 2011
  • September 2011
  • August 2011
  • July 2011
  • June 2011
  • May 2011
  • April 2011
  • March 2011
  • February 2011
  • January 2011
  • December 2010
  • November 2010
  • October 2010
  • September 2010
  • August 2010
  • July 2010
  • June 2010
  • May 2010
  • April 2010
  • March 2010
  • February 2010
  • January 2010
  • December 2009
  • October 2009
  • September 2009
  • August 2009
  • July 2009
  • June 2009
  • May 2009
  • April 2009
  • March 2009
  • February 2009
  • January 2009
  • December 2008
  • November 2008
  • October 2008
  • September 2008
  • August 2008
  • July 2008
  • June 2008
  • May 2008
  • April 2008
  • March 2008
  • February 2008
  • January 2008
  • September 2007
  • June 2007
  • April 2006

Blog at WordPress.com.

loading Cancel
Post was not sent - check your email addresses!
Email check failed, please try again
Sorry, your blog cannot share posts by email.
Privacy & Cookies: This site uses cookies. By continuing to use this website, you agree to their use.
To find out more, including how to control cookies, see here: Cookie Policy
%d bloggers like this: